1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
68 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
70 #include "insn-config.h"
78 #include "dwarf2out.h"
79 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
84 #include "diagnostic.h"
85 #include "tree-pretty-print.h"
88 #include "langhooks.h"
93 #include "tree-pass.h"
94 #include "tree-flow.h"
95 #include "cfglayout.h"
97 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
98 static rtx last_var_location_insn
;
100 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
101 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
103 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
104 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
105 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
106 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
107 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
108 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
109 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
110 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
112 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
113 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
116 /* ??? Poison these here until it can be done generically. They've been
117 totally replaced in this file; make sure it stays that way. */
118 #undef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
119 #undef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
120 #if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000)
121 #pragma GCC poison DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
124 #ifndef INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
125 #define INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX (gcc_unreachable (), NULL_RTX)
128 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
129 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
130 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
131 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
132 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
135 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
136 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm
= 0;
138 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
142 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
144 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
145 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
146 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
147 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
|| write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
)
150 if (saved_do_cfi_asm
)
153 if (targetm
.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2
)
156 if ((flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
)
157 && targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) == UI_DWARF2
)
163 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
166 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
170 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
173 if (saved_do_cfi_asm
)
175 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm
|| !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
177 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE
)
180 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
181 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
182 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
183 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
185 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
186 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
189 /* If we can't get the assembler to emit only .debug_frame, and we don't need
190 dwarf2 unwind info for exceptions, then emit .debug_frame by hand. */
191 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
192 && !flag_unwind_tables
&& !flag_exceptions
193 && targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) != UI_DWARF2
)
196 saved_do_cfi_asm
= true;
200 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
202 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
205 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
206 must be kept around forever. */
207 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx
,gc
) *used_rtx_array
;
209 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
210 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
211 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
213 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *incomplete_types
;
215 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
216 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
217 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
218 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
219 define type declaration DIE's. */
220 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *decl_scope_table
;
222 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
223 static GTY(()) section
*debug_info_section
;
224 static GTY(()) section
*debug_abbrev_section
;
225 static GTY(()) section
*debug_aranges_section
;
226 static GTY(()) section
*debug_macinfo_section
;
227 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_section
;
228 static GTY(()) section
*debug_loc_section
;
229 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubnames_section
;
230 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubtypes_section
;
231 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_section
;
232 static GTY(()) section
*debug_ranges_section
;
233 static GTY(()) section
*debug_frame_section
;
235 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
237 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality
;
239 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
240 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
241 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
244 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
245 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
246 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
248 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
249 Information instructions. The register number, offset
250 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
251 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
253 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
255 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
261 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
{
262 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
263 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
264 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
265 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
269 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct
{
270 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
271 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
272 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
274 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
279 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
280 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
281 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
282 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
283 of this structure. */
284 typedef struct cfa_loc
{
285 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
286 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
288 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect
: 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
289 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use
: 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
292 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
293 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
294 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
295 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
296 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
298 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct
{
300 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
301 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
302 const char *dw_fde_end
;
303 const char *dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
;
304 const char *dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
;
305 const char *dw_fde_second_begin
;
306 const char *dw_fde_second_end
;
307 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
308 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi
; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
309 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment
;
310 unsigned funcdef_number
;
311 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
312 unsigned int drap_reg
;
313 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
314 unsigned int vdrap_reg
;
315 /* These 3 flags are copied from rtl_data in function.h. */
316 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
317 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
318 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
319 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
320 unsigned stack_realign
: 1;
321 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
322 unsigned drap_reg_saved
: 1;
323 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
324 unsigned in_std_section
: 1;
325 /* True iff dw_fde_second_begin label is in text_section or
326 cold_text_section. */
327 unsigned second_in_std_section
: 1;
331 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
332 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
334 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
335 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
336 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
337 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
339 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
340 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
343 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
344 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
345 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
348 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
349 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
352 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
354 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
355 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
358 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
359 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
360 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
363 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
364 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
366 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
367 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
370 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
371 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
372 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
374 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
375 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
376 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
377 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
379 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
383 /* CIE identifier. */
384 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
385 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
386 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
388 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
391 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
392 information for each routine. */
393 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
395 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
396 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
398 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
399 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
401 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
403 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
405 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
407 static inline dw_fde_ref
410 return fde_table_in_use
? &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1] : NULL
;
413 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
414 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
416 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
417 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
418 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
419 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
420 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
422 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node
{
424 unsigned int refcount
;
425 enum dwarf_form form
;
429 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
431 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
433 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced
= false;
435 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
436 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
438 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
439 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
441 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
443 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used
= false;
444 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used
= false;
446 /* The default cold text section. */
447 static GTY(()) section
*cold_text_section
;
449 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
451 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
452 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
453 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
454 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
455 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
456 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*, dw_cfa_location
*);
457 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
458 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
459 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
460 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
462 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
463 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref
);
464 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
465 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
466 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx
);
467 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
469 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
470 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
, int);
471 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref
);
472 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
473 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
474 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
475 (dw_cfa_location
*, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
476 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_aligned_loc
477 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
478 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
479 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*mem_loc_descriptor
480 (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
, enum var_init_status
);
482 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
483 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
484 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
487 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
488 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
489 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
491 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
492 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
495 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
496 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
499 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
500 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
503 #ifndef PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
504 #define PROLOGUE_END_LABEL "LPE"
507 #ifndef EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
508 #define EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL "LEB"
511 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
512 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
514 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
515 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
516 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
517 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
518 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
519 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
520 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
521 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
522 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
523 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
525 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
526 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
528 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
530 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
532 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
536 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
537 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
538 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
539 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
542 /* Match the base name of a file to the base name of a compilation unit. */
545 matches_main_base (const char *path
)
547 /* Cache the last query. */
548 static const char *last_path
= NULL
;
549 static int last_match
= 0;
550 if (path
!= last_path
)
553 int length
= base_of_path (path
, &base
);
555 last_match
= (length
== main_input_baselength
556 && memcmp (base
, main_input_basename
, length
) == 0);
561 #ifdef DEBUG_DEBUG_STRUCT
564 dump_struct_debug (tree type
, enum debug_info_usage usage
,
565 enum debug_struct_file criterion
, int generic
,
566 int matches
, int result
)
568 /* Find the type name. */
569 tree type_decl
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
);
571 const char *name
= 0;
572 if (TREE_CODE (t
) == TYPE_DECL
)
575 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
577 fprintf (stderr
, " struct %d %s %s %s %s %d %p %s\n",
579 DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl
) ? "sys" : "usr",
580 matches
? "bas" : "hdr",
581 generic
? "gen" : "ord",
582 usage
== DINFO_USAGE_DFN
? ";" :
583 usage
== DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
? "." : "*",
585 (void*) type_decl
, name
);
588 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
589 dump_struct_debug (type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result)
593 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
599 should_emit_struct_debug (tree type
, enum debug_info_usage usage
)
601 enum debug_struct_file criterion
;
603 bool generic
= lang_hooks
.types
.generic_p (type
);
606 criterion
= debug_struct_generic
[usage
];
608 criterion
= debug_struct_ordinary
[usage
];
610 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_NONE
)
611 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, false);
612 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_ANY
)
613 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, true);
615 type_decl
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
));
617 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_SYS
&& DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl
))
618 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, true);
620 if (matches_main_base (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (type_decl
)))
621 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, true, true);
622 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, false);
625 /* Hook used by __throw. */
628 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
630 unsigned int dwarf_regnum
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
631 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum
, 1));
634 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
635 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
638 stripattributes (const char *s
)
640 char *stripped
= XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s
) + 2);
645 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
652 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
653 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
656 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx mem
, unsigned int c
)
658 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= c
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
659 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode
);
660 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
663 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
665 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
666 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
668 HOST_WIDE_INT r
= off
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
669 gcc_assert (r
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== off
);
673 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
674 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
677 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
679 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
< 0 ? off
> 0 : off
< 0;
682 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
685 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
688 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
689 rtx addr
= expand_normal (address
);
690 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
691 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
693 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
695 int rnum
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
), 1);
697 if (rnum
< DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
699 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= rnum
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
700 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
703 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
704 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
705 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
707 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
709 wrote_return_column
= true;
711 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
715 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
),
716 gen_int_mode (size
, mode
));
720 if (!wrote_return_column
)
721 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
723 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
724 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
727 targetm
.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address
);
730 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
733 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
737 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
738 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
740 return "DW_CFA_offset";
742 return "DW_CFA_restore";
746 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
747 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
748 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
749 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
750 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
751 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
752 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
753 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
754 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
755 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
756 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
757 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
758 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
759 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
760 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
761 case DW_CFA_register
:
762 return "DW_CFA_register";
763 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
764 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
765 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
766 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
768 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
769 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
770 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
771 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
772 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
775 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
776 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
777 case DW_CFA_expression
:
778 return "DW_CFA_expression";
779 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
780 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
781 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
782 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
783 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
784 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
786 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
787 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
788 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
791 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
792 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
793 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
794 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
795 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
796 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
799 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
803 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
805 static inline dw_cfi_ref
808 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= ggc_alloc_dw_cfi_node ();
810 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
811 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
812 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
817 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
820 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
823 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
825 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
826 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
827 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
828 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
829 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
830 if (0 && fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
831 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
833 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
834 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
835 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
837 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
844 /* Find the end of the chain. */
845 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
851 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
852 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
855 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force
)
857 static char label
[20];
859 if (!force
&& dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
861 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
862 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
864 strcpy (label
, "<do not output>");
868 int num
= dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++;
869 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", num
);
870 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LCFI", num
);
876 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
877 static bool emit_cfa_remember
;
879 /* True if any CFI directives were emitted at the current insn. */
880 static bool any_cfis_emitted
;
882 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
883 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
886 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
888 dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
;
890 if (emit_cfa_remember
)
892 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember
;
894 /* Emit the state save. */
895 emit_cfa_remember
= false;
896 cfi_remember
= new_cfi ();
897 cfi_remember
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_remember_state
;
898 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi_remember
);
901 list_head
= &cie_cfi_head
;
903 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
907 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
909 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
911 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
912 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
913 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
914 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
915 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
916 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
917 if (dwarf_version
== 2
918 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
919 && (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
920 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
))
922 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
924 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
925 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
926 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
928 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
929 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
930 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
931 if (*label
== 0 || strcmp (label
, "<do not output>") == 0)
932 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
934 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
935 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
939 label
= xstrdup (label
);
941 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
943 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
944 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
945 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
946 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
947 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_set_loc
;
948 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
949 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
950 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
958 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
960 list_head
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
961 any_cfis_emitted
= true;
963 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
964 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
965 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
966 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
967 sure how to address this for now. */
971 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
973 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
976 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
978 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
979 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
983 label
= xstrdup (label
);
985 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
987 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
988 set the location directly using set_loc. */
989 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= fde
->dw_fde_current_label
990 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
992 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
993 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
995 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
998 list_head
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
999 any_cfis_emitted
= true;
1002 add_cfi (list_head
, cfi
);
1005 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
1008 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
, dw_cfa_location
*remember
)
1010 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1012 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1013 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1014 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
1016 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1017 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
1019 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1020 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1021 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
1022 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
1024 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1025 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
1028 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
1029 gcc_assert (!remember
->in_use
);
1031 remember
->in_use
= 1;
1033 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
1034 gcc_assert (remember
->in_use
);
1036 remember
->in_use
= 0;
1044 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
1047 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
1051 dw_cfa_location remember
;
1053 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
1054 loc
->reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1057 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
1058 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
1060 fde
= current_fde ();
1062 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
1063 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
1066 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
1067 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
1069 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
1071 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
1073 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
1074 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember
;
1076 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
1077 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
1079 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
1080 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
1082 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
1083 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
1084 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
1087 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1089 dw_cfa_location loc
;
1091 loc
.base_offset
= 0;
1093 loc
.offset
= offset
;
1094 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
1097 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1100 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location
*loc1
, const dw_cfa_location
*loc2
)
1102 return (loc1
->reg
== loc2
->reg
1103 && loc1
->offset
== loc2
->offset
1104 && loc1
->indirect
== loc2
->indirect
1105 && (loc1
->indirect
== 0
1106 || loc1
->base_offset
== loc2
->base_offset
));
1109 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1110 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1113 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
1116 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
1121 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
1122 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
1124 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
1125 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
1127 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1128 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc
, &old_cfa
))
1133 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
&& !old_cfa
.indirect
)
1135 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1136 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1137 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1138 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1140 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
;
1142 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
1143 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1146 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1147 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
1148 && old_cfa
.reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
1150 && !old_cfa
.indirect
)
1152 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1153 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1154 offset has not changed. */
1155 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
1156 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1160 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
1162 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1163 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1164 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1165 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1168 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
1170 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
1171 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1172 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1176 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1177 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1178 register-offset pair is available. */
1179 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
1181 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
1182 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
, 0);
1183 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
1186 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1189 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1190 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1191 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1192 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1195 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1197 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1198 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
1200 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1202 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1205 && fde
->stack_realign
1206 && sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1208 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_expression
;
1209 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1210 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
1211 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset
, fde
->stack_realignment
);
1213 else if (sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1215 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset
))
1216 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
1217 else if (reg
& ~0x3f)
1218 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
1220 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
1221 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
1223 else if (sreg
== reg
)
1224 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_same_value
;
1227 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
1228 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
1231 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1234 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1235 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1236 from the previous frame's window save area.
1238 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1239 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1242 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
1244 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1246 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
1247 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1250 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1251 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1254 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1256 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1259 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1260 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1263 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1265 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1268 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1269 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1272 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
1274 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg
), 0);
1277 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1278 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1281 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
1283 unsigned int reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1284 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1286 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1289 /* RA is in a register. */
1290 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
1294 /* RA is on the stack. */
1295 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
1296 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1299 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1304 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1305 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1309 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1310 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1320 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1321 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1322 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1323 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
1324 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
1331 if (reg
!= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
1332 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
1335 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1338 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1339 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1340 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset
)
1342 const_rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
1343 const_rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
1344 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1347 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1349 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1351 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1353 if (code
== REG
&& src
!= stack_pointer_rtx
)
1355 offset
= -cur_args_size
;
1356 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1359 return offset
- cur_offset
;
1362 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
1363 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1364 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1367 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1368 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1374 if (MEM_P (src
) && !MEM_P (dest
))
1378 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1379 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1380 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1386 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1388 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1389 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1390 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == PLUS
1391 && CONST_INT_P (val
));
1392 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1399 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1401 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1408 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1410 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1425 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1426 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1428 static HOST_WIDE_INT
*barrier_args_size
;
1430 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1432 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1433 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1434 VEC (rtx
, heap
) **next
)
1436 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1439 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1441 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1443 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1444 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), cur_args_size
, 0);
1445 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1446 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1448 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1450 for (i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1451 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1452 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1453 cur_args_size
, offset
);
1458 rtx expr
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1462 expr
= XEXP (expr
, 0);
1463 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
1464 || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1465 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (expr
, 0); i
++)
1467 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, i
);
1469 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
&& !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
1470 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, cur_args_size
, offset
);
1475 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1479 cur_args_size
+= offset
;
1480 if (cur_args_size
< 0)
1485 rtx dest
= JUMP_LABEL (insn
);
1489 if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] < 0)
1491 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] = cur_args_size
;
1492 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, heap
, *next
, dest
);
1497 return cur_args_size
;
1500 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1503 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1505 int max_uid
= get_max_uid (), i
;
1507 VEC (rtx
, heap
) *worklist
, *next
, *tmp
;
1509 barrier_args_size
= XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT
, max_uid
);
1510 for (i
= 0; i
< max_uid
; i
++)
1511 barrier_args_size
[i
] = -1;
1513 worklist
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1514 next
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1515 insn
= get_insns ();
1516 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = 0;
1517 VEC_quick_push (rtx
, worklist
, insn
);
1520 while (!VEC_empty (rtx
, worklist
))
1522 rtx prev
, body
, first_insn
;
1523 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
;
1525 first_insn
= insn
= VEC_pop (rtx
, worklist
);
1526 cur_args_size
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1527 prev
= prev_nonnote_insn (insn
);
1528 if (prev
&& BARRIER_P (prev
))
1529 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (prev
)] = cur_args_size
;
1531 for (; insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
1533 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
) || NOTE_P (insn
))
1535 if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1540 if (insn
== first_insn
)
1542 else if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] < 0)
1544 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = cur_args_size
;
1549 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1550 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1555 body
= PATTERN (insn
);
1556 if (GET_CODE (body
) == SEQUENCE
)
1558 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size
= cur_args_size
;
1559 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (body
, 0); i
++)
1560 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0))
1561 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
)))
1563 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1564 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1567 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1568 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1570 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0)))
1571 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1572 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1575 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1576 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1580 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn
, cur_args_size
, &next
);
1584 if (VEC_empty (rtx
, next
))
1587 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1591 VEC_truncate (rtx
, next
, 0);
1594 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, worklist
);
1595 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, next
);
1598 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1599 pushed onto the stack. */
1602 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
1606 if (size
== old_args_size
)
1609 old_args_size
= size
;
1612 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
1613 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
1614 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1617 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1620 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, const char *label
)
1622 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1623 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1625 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1626 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1628 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1631 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1635 args_size
+= offset
;
1639 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1640 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1641 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1644 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1645 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1646 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1649 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
1651 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1655 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1656 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1657 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1658 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1659 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1662 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1663 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1664 shouldn't change at all. */
1666 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence
, 0, 0))
1667 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn
))
1670 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1671 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1672 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1674 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1676 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1677 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1678 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1679 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1680 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1681 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1682 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL
);
1683 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1688 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1690 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1691 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size
);
1694 else if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1696 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1697 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1698 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
&& next_nonnote_insn (insn
))
1699 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1700 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
)
1704 offset
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1709 offset
-= args_size
;
1710 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1714 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1715 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), args_size
, 0);
1716 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1717 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1719 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1721 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1722 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1723 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1732 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1733 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset
, label
);
1736 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1737 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1738 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1740 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save
{
1741 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1743 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1747 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1749 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1750 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data
{
1755 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1756 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1757 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1758 more efficient data structure. */
1759 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs
[4];
1760 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs
;
1762 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1764 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1765 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1768 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1770 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1772 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1773 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1775 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
1776 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1781 q
= ggc_alloc_queued_reg_save ();
1782 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1783 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1787 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1788 q
->saved_reg
= sreg
;
1790 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1793 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1796 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1798 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1800 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1803 unsigned int reg
, sreg
;
1805 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1806 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (q
->reg
))
1808 if (q
->saved_reg
&& i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1810 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1811 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1813 if (i
!= num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1815 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= q
->reg
;
1816 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= q
->saved_reg
;
1819 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->reg
));
1821 sreg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->saved_reg
));
1823 sreg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1824 reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, reg
, sreg
, q
->cfa_offset
);
1827 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1828 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1831 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1832 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1833 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1834 have a new location for? */
1837 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn
)
1839 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1841 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1844 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1846 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1847 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
)
1848 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
, insn
))
1855 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1858 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
)
1861 unsigned int regno
, sregno
;
1863 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1864 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1866 if (i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1868 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1869 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1871 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= reg
;
1872 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= sreg
;
1874 regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1875 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg
));
1876 reg_save (label
, regno
, sregno
, 0);
1879 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1882 reg_saved_in (rtx reg
)
1884 unsigned int regn
= REGNO (reg
);
1886 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1888 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1889 if (q
->saved_reg
&& regn
== REGNO (q
->saved_reg
))
1892 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1893 if (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
1894 && regn
== REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
))
1895 return regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
;
1901 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1902 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1903 value, not an offset. */
1904 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1906 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1909 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1911 memset (&cfa
, 0, sizeof (cfa
));
1913 switch (GET_CODE (pat
))
1916 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (XEXP (pat
, 0));
1917 cfa
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (pat
, 1));
1921 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (pat
);
1926 pat
= XEXP (pat
, 0);
1927 if (GET_CODE (pat
) == PLUS
)
1929 cfa
.base_offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (pat
, 1));
1930 pat
= XEXP (pat
, 0);
1932 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (pat
);
1936 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1940 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1943 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1946 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1950 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat
) == SET
);
1951 dest
= XEXP (pat
, 0);
1952 src
= XEXP (pat
, 1);
1954 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1957 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
1958 cfa
.offset
-= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1968 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1969 gcc_assert (cfa
.indirect
== 0);
1971 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1974 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1977 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set
, const char *label
)
1979 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1980 rtx src
, addr
, span
;
1982 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
1983 addr
= XEXP (set
, 0);
1984 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr
));
1985 addr
= XEXP (addr
, 0);
1987 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1988 switch (GET_CODE (addr
))
1991 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr
) == cfa
.reg
);
1992 offset
= -cfa
.offset
;
1995 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
1996 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (addr
, 1)) - cfa
.offset
;
2002 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
2004 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
2005 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
2007 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
)), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
2010 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
2011 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
2014 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
2016 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
2018 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
2019 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2021 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
2023 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem
)),
2024 INVALID_REGNUM
, span_offset
);
2025 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
2030 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
2033 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set
, const char *label
)
2036 unsigned sregno
, dregno
;
2038 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
2039 dest
= XEXP (set
, 0);
2042 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
2044 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
));
2046 dregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest
));
2048 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
2049 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
2050 reg_save (label
, sregno
, dregno
, 0);
2053 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_EXPRESSION note. */
2056 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_expression (rtx set
, const char *label
)
2058 rtx src
, dest
, span
;
2059 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
2061 dest
= SET_DEST (set
);
2062 src
= SET_SRC (set
);
2064 gcc_assert (REG_P (src
));
2065 gcc_assert (MEM_P (dest
));
2067 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
2070 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_expression
;
2071 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
));
2072 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
2073 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (dest
, 0), GET_MODE (dest
),
2074 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
2076 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, were the interface different,
2077 and, as above, we could manage flushing for epilogues. */
2078 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
2081 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
2084 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg
, const char *label
)
2086 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
2087 unsigned int regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
2089 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= (regno
& ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended
: DW_CFA_restore
);
2090 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= regno
;
2092 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
2095 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
2096 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
2097 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
2098 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
2100 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
2101 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
2102 users need not read the source code.
2104 The High-Level Picture
2106 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
2107 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
2108 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
2109 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
2110 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
2112 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
2113 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
2114 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
2115 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
2116 saves. This also seems to work.
2118 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
2119 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
2120 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
2121 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
2122 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
2123 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
2124 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2125 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2126 value as in the caller.
2128 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2129 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2130 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2131 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2133 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2136 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2138 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2139 consists of a register and an offset.
2140 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2141 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2142 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2143 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2144 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2145 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2146 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2148 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2149 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2150 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2153 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2154 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2155 and cfa_temp.offset.
2157 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2160 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2161 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2162 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2164 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2165 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2166 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2167 register instead of CFA+offset.
2171 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2172 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2175 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2176 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2177 cfa.offset unchanged
2178 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2179 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2182 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2183 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2184 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2185 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2186 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2187 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2190 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2191 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2192 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2195 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2196 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2198 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2199 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2200 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2203 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2204 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2206 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2207 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2210 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2211 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2212 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2215 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2216 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2217 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2220 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2224 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2225 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2226 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2229 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2230 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2231 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2233 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2236 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec,post_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2237 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2238 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2240 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2243 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2246 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2247 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2250 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2251 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2252 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2255 (set (mem (post_inc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2256 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2257 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2258 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2261 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2262 effects: target-dependent
2265 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2266 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2267 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2268 cfa_store.offset = 0
2269 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2272 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2273 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2276 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2277 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2278 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2279 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2282 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2283 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2285 && cfa.indirect == 0
2286 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2287 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2288 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg */
2291 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
2293 rtx src
, dest
, span
;
2294 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
2297 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2298 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2299 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2300 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2301 flag is set in them. */
2302 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2305 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
2308 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2309 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2310 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2311 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2312 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2313 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
)
2314 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2316 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2317 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2318 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
))
2319 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2320 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2323 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2325 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2326 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2327 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
)) || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2328 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2329 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2330 else if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2332 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
2334 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2335 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2336 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, args_size
, 0);
2339 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset
, label
);
2345 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
);
2347 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
2348 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
2352 rtx rsi
= reg_saved_in (src
);
2357 fde
= current_fde ();
2359 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
2362 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
2364 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2366 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
2369 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2370 relative to the current CFA register.
2372 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2373 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2374 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2375 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2376 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2377 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2378 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2382 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2383 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs
[REGNO (dest
)]
2384 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2385 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
))
2386 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
));
2388 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2389 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2390 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2391 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2393 && fde
->stack_realign
2394 && REGNO (src
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2395 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest
) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2396 && fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
2397 && cfa
.reg
!= REGNO (src
));
2399 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, dest
, 0);
2406 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
2410 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2413 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2416 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1))
2418 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2424 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2426 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2427 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2428 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2430 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
2431 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2434 gcc_assert (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
);
2436 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2438 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2439 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2440 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2441 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2443 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2446 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2447 or adjusting the FP */
2448 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed
);
2450 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2451 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2452 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2453 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2454 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2456 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2457 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2461 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
);
2464 if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2465 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2466 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2468 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2469 into the FP later on. */
2470 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2471 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2472 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2473 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2474 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2475 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2479 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2480 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2481 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2483 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2484 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2485 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2486 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2487 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
2491 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
2492 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2494 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2495 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2504 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2505 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
2510 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2511 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2512 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2514 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
2515 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2516 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2519 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2520 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2527 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE
:
2528 gcc_assert (targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec
);
2529 targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label
, expr
, XINT (src
, 1));
2534 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2535 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2537 if (fde
&& XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2539 /* We interpret reg_save differently with stack_realign set.
2540 Thus we must flush whatever we have queued first. */
2541 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2543 gcc_assert (cfa_store
.reg
== REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)));
2544 fde
->stack_realign
= 1;
2545 fde
->stack_realignment
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2546 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2548 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2549 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2550 fde
->drap_reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2558 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2563 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2565 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
2570 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2571 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1))
2573 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
2575 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2576 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2578 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2579 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2580 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2582 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2589 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2590 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
2593 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0))
2594 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2595 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2597 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2599 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2600 reference to represent the address of the stored
2603 && fde
->stack_realign
2604 && src
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2606 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2607 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2610 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2611 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2613 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == POST_DEC
)
2614 offset
+= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2616 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2620 /* With an offset. */
2627 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1))
2628 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2629 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
2630 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
2633 regno
= REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0));
2635 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2636 offset
-= cfa
.offset
;
2637 else if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2638 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
2641 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2642 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2648 /* Without an offset. */
2651 int regno
= REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0));
2653 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2654 offset
= -cfa
.offset
;
2655 else if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2656 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2659 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2660 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2667 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
2668 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2669 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2670 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2678 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2679 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2680 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2684 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2685 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2686 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
2688 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2690 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
2693 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2694 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2695 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2696 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2699 && fde
->stack_realign
2700 && cfa
.indirect
== 0
2701 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2703 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp
;
2705 gcc_assert (fde
->drap_reg
== cfa
.reg
);
2707 cfa_exp
.indirect
= 1;
2708 cfa_exp
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2709 cfa_exp
.base_offset
= offset
;
2712 fde
->drap_reg_saved
= 1;
2714 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa_exp
);
2718 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2719 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2721 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2722 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2727 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2728 calculate the CFA. */
2729 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
2733 gcc_assert (REG_P (x
));
2735 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
2736 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
2738 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2743 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2745 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
2748 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2751 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2752 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2756 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
2758 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
2760 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
2761 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2763 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
2765 queue_reg_save (label
, elem
, NULL_RTX
, span_offset
);
2766 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
2777 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2778 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2779 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2781 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2782 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2785 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
2789 bool handled_one
= false;
2791 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
2795 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2796 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2798 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2801 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
2803 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2806 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
2808 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
2810 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2811 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2813 num_regs_saved_in_regs
= 0;
2815 if (barrier_args_size
)
2817 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size
);
2818 barrier_args_size
= NULL
;
2823 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn
) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
2824 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2826 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
2828 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2829 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2830 is still used to save registers. */
2831 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
2832 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn
, after_p
);
2836 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2837 any_cfis_emitted
= false;
2839 for (note
= REG_NOTES (insn
); note
; note
= XEXP (note
, 1))
2840 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note
))
2842 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
:
2843 insn
= XEXP (note
, 0);
2846 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA
:
2847 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note
, 0), label
);
2851 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA
:
2856 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2857 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2859 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n
, label
);
2863 case REG_CFA_OFFSET
:
2866 n
= single_set (insn
);
2867 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n
, label
);
2871 case REG_CFA_REGISTER
:
2876 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2877 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2879 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n
, label
);
2883 case REG_CFA_EXPRESSION
:
2886 n
= single_set (insn
);
2887 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_expression (n
, label
);
2891 case REG_CFA_RESTORE
:
2896 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2897 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2900 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n
, label
);
2904 case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP
:
2908 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
2911 gcc_assert (fde
->vdrap_reg
== INVALID_REGNUM
);
2913 fde
->vdrap_reg
= REGNO (n
);
2924 if (any_cfis_emitted
)
2925 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2929 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
2931 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
2933 /* Check again. A parallel can save and update the same register.
2934 We could probably check just once, here, but this is safer than
2935 removing the check above. */
2936 if (any_cfis_emitted
|| clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
2937 dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2940 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2941 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2942 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2943 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2946 dwarf2out_cfi_begin_epilogue (rtx insn
)
2948 bool saw_frp
= false;
2951 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2952 frame related insns. */
2953 for (i
= NEXT_INSN (insn
); i
; i
= NEXT_INSN (i
))
2958 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2959 if (returnjump_p (i
))
2961 if (CALL_P (i
) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i
))
2964 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i
)) == SEQUENCE
)
2967 rtx seq
= PATTERN (i
);
2969 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2971 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0))
2972 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2975 for (idx
= 0; idx
< XVECLEN (seq
, 0); idx
++)
2976 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, idx
)))
2980 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i
))
2984 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2985 save/restore pair. */
2989 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2990 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2991 gcc_assert (i
!= NULL
);
2992 i
= next_real_insn (i
);
2996 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2997 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
2998 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
2999 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
3002 rtx p
= PREV_INSN (i
);
3005 if (NOTE_KIND (p
) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK
)
3009 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE
, i
);
3011 emit_cfa_remember
= true;
3013 /* And emulate the state save. */
3014 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember
.in_use
);
3016 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 1;
3019 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_cfi_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore
3023 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
3025 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
3026 const char *label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
3028 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_restore_state
;
3029 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
3031 gcc_assert (cfa_remember
.in_use
);
3033 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 0;
3036 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
3037 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
3038 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
3040 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
3041 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
3046 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3047 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3048 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
3049 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
3051 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3052 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3053 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3054 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3055 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3056 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
3059 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3060 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3061 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3062 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3063 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3064 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3065 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3066 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3067 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3068 case DW_CFA_register
:
3069 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3070 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
3072 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3073 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3074 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3075 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
3077 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3078 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
3085 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
3086 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
3087 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
3089 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
3090 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
3094 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3095 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3097 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3098 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3099 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
3101 case DW_CFA_register
:
3102 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
3104 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3105 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
3108 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
3112 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
3113 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
3114 for collect2 the first time around. */
3117 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back
)
3121 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
3122 if (eh_frame_section
== 0)
3126 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
)
3132 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
3134 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
3136 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
3138 flags
= ((! flag_pic
3139 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3140 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
3141 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3142 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
3143 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3144 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
3145 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE
);
3148 flags
= SECTION_WRITE
;
3149 eh_frame_section
= get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
, NULL
);
3151 #endif /* EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME */
3153 if (eh_frame_section
)
3154 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section
);
3157 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3158 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3159 switch_to_section (data_section
);
3163 label
= get_file_function_name ("F");
3164 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3165 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
,
3166 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
3167 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
3172 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3176 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh
, bool back
)
3179 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back
);
3182 if (!debug_frame_section
)
3183 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
3184 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
3185 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section
);
3189 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3192 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
3197 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
3198 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
3199 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
3200 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
3201 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
3202 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
));
3203 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
3205 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3206 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3207 "DW_CFA_offset, column %#lx", r
);
3208 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3209 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3211 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
3213 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3214 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3215 "DW_CFA_restore, column %#lx", r
);
3219 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
3220 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
3222 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3224 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3226 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3227 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3228 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
3231 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3232 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
3233 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3236 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3237 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3238 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3239 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3242 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3243 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3244 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3245 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3248 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3249 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3250 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3251 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3254 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3255 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3256 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3257 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3260 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3261 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3262 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3263 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3264 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3267 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3268 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3269 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3270 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3273 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3274 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3275 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3276 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3277 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3280 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3281 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3282 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3283 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3284 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3287 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3288 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3289 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3290 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3291 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3292 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3295 case DW_CFA_register
:
3296 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3297 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3298 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3299 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3302 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3303 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3304 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3307 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3308 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3309 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3312 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3315 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3316 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3317 output_cfa_loc (cfi
, for_eh
);
3320 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3321 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3330 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3333 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3335 unsigned long r
, r2
;
3337 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3339 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3340 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3341 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3342 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3343 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3344 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3345 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3346 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3347 going to take care of this for us. */
3351 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3352 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3353 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3354 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3355 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3358 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3359 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3360 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3361 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r
);
3364 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3365 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3366 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r
);
3369 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3370 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3371 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r
);
3374 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3375 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3376 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3377 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3378 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3381 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3382 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3383 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r
);
3386 case DW_CFA_register
:
3387 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3388 r2
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3389 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r
, r2
);
3392 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3393 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3394 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3395 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3396 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3399 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3400 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3402 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
3403 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3406 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3407 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
);
3408 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3410 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
,
3411 ASM_COMMENT_START
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3412 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3415 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3416 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3419 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3420 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3421 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
);
3422 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi
);
3423 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3431 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref
);
3432 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
);
3434 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3435 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3436 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3437 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3440 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, bool do_cfi_asm
, dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
)
3442 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf
;
3444 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size
= NULL
, cfi_cfa
= NULL
, cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3445 VEC (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
) *regs
= VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, 32);
3446 unsigned int len
, idx
;
3448 for (;; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3449 switch (cfi
? cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
: DW_CFA_nop
)
3451 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3452 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3453 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3454 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3455 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3456 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3457 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3459 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3461 dw_cfi_ref args_size
= cfi_args_size
;
3463 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3464 .cfi_restore_state. */
3465 for (cfi2
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
; cfi2
; cfi2
= cfi2
->dw_cfi_next
)
3466 if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore_state
)
3468 else if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
)
3471 gcc_assert (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_remember_state
);
3478 cfi_args_size
= args_size
;
3482 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3483 cfi_args_size
= cfi
;
3485 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3488 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3489 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3490 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3491 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3492 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3493 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3494 case DW_CFA_register
:
3495 case DW_CFA_val_offset
:
3496 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf
:
3497 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3498 case DW_CFA_val_expression
:
3499 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3500 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
) <= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
)
3501 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
,
3502 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
+ 1);
3503 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, cfi
);
3505 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3506 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3507 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3509 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3511 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3514 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3515 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3516 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3519 gcc_assert (cfi
== NULL
);
3521 len
= VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
);
3522 for (idx
= 0; idx
< len
; idx
++)
3524 cfi2
= VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, idx
, NULL
);
3526 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore
3527 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore_extended
)
3530 output_cfi_directive (cfi2
);
3532 output_cfi (cfi2
, fde
, for_eh
);
3535 if (cfi_cfa
&& cfi_cfa_offset
&& cfi_cfa_offset
!= cfi_cfa
)
3537 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
);
3539 switch (cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3541 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3542 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
3543 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3545 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3546 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
3547 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3549 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3550 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3551 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
;
3552 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
;
3559 else if (cfi_cfa_offset
)
3560 cfi_cfa
= cfi_cfa_offset
;
3564 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa
);
3566 output_cfi (cfi_cfa
, fde
, for_eh
);
3569 cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3571 && cfi_args_size
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
)
3574 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size
);
3576 output_cfi (cfi_args_size
, fde
, for_eh
);
3578 cfi_args_size
= NULL
;
3581 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
);
3584 else if (do_cfi_asm
)
3585 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
3587 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3594 /* Output one FDE. */
3597 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
, bool second
,
3598 char *section_start_label
, int fde_encoding
, char *augmentation
,
3599 bool any_lsda_needed
, int lsda_encoding
)
3601 const char *begin
, *end
;
3602 static unsigned int j
;
3603 char l1
[20], l2
[20];
3606 targetm
.asm_out
.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, for_eh
,
3608 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
,
3610 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3611 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3612 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3613 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3614 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3615 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3617 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3620 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
3622 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
3623 debug_frame_section
, "FDE CIE offset");
3625 begin
= second
? fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
: fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
3626 end
= second
? fde
->dw_fde_second_end
: fde
->dw_fde_end
;
3630 rtx sym_ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, begin
);
3631 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
3632 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref
, false,
3633 "FDE initial location");
3634 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
3635 end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3639 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, begin
, "FDE initial location");
3640 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3643 if (augmentation
[0])
3645 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3647 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
3649 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3651 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3652 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3653 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
3654 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3655 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3658 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size
) == 1);
3661 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
3663 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3665 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3666 fde
->funcdef_number
);
3667 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding
,
3668 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
3670 "Language Specific Data Area");
3674 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3675 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3676 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
3677 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3681 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3684 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3686 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= begin
;
3687 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
== NULL
)
3688 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3689 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3692 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3693 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3695 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3696 if (cfi
== fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3702 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
3704 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3706 cfi_next
= fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
;
3707 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
3708 output_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, false, fde
, for_eh
);
3709 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= cfi_next
;
3711 for (cfi
= cfi_next
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3712 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3715 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3716 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3717 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3718 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3719 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3721 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3722 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3723 switch *back* into the table section. */
3724 switch_to_section (function_section (fde
->decl
));
3725 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label
);
3726 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, true);
3729 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3730 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3731 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
3732 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3737 /* Return true if frame description entry FDE is needed for EH. */
3740 fde_needed_for_eh_p (dw_fde_ref fde
)
3742 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
3745 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde
->decl
))
3748 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3751 /* If exceptions are enabled, we have collected nothrow info. */
3752 if (flag_exceptions
&& (fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
|| fde
->nothrow
))
3758 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3759 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3760 location of saved registers. */
3763 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
3768 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
3769 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
3770 char augmentation
[6];
3771 int augmentation_size
;
3772 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3773 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3774 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3776 rtx personality
= NULL
;
3779 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3780 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
3783 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3784 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3787 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit
3788 any EH unwind information. If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to
3789 emit an empty label for an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We
3790 want to avoid having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to
3791 is discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function template
3792 in C++ requires EH information, an explicit specialization doesn't. */
3795 bool any_eh_needed
= false;
3797 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3798 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
3799 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
3800 else if (fde_needed_for_eh_p (&fde_table
[i
]))
3801 any_eh_needed
= true;
3802 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
)
3803 targetm
.asm_out
.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde_table
[i
].decl
,
3810 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3814 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3815 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, false);
3817 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3818 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
3820 /* Output the CIE. */
3821 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3822 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3823 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3824 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3825 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3826 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3827 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3828 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3830 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3831 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3832 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
3833 (for_eh
? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID
),
3834 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3836 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3837 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3838 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3839 return_reg
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, for_eh
);
3841 if (return_reg
>= 256 || dwarf_version
> 2)
3843 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version
, "CIE Version");
3845 augmentation
[0] = 0;
3846 augmentation_size
= 0;
3848 personality
= current_unit_personality
;
3854 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3855 augmentation section.
3856 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3857 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3858 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3860 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3861 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3863 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3864 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3865 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3867 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
3871 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
3872 assemble_external_libcall (personality
);
3874 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3877 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3879 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3882 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3884 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
3886 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
3890 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3891 if (personality
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3893 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3895 + 1 /* CIE version */
3896 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3897 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3898 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
3900 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3901 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3902 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3904 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
3906 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3907 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3908 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) == 1);
3912 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3913 if (dw_cie_version
>= 4)
3915 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "CIE Address Size");
3916 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size");
3918 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3919 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
3920 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3922 if (dw_cie_version
== 1)
3923 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3925 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3927 if (augmentation
[0])
3929 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
3932 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
3933 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
3934 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
3939 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3940 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3941 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
3943 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3944 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3945 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
3948 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3949 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
3951 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3952 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3953 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
3954 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3956 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3957 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3960 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
3962 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3963 if (for_eh
&& !fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde
))
3966 for (k
= 0; k
< (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
? 2 : 1); k
++)
3967 output_fde (fde
, for_eh
, k
, section_start_label
, fde_encoding
,
3968 augmentation
, any_lsda_needed
, lsda_encoding
);
3971 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
3972 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3973 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3974 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3975 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3976 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
3979 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3984 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
3987 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second
)
3991 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
3993 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3997 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
4000 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
4001 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
4002 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
4003 of the weirder relocation types. */
4004 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
4005 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
4007 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc
);
4008 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
4009 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
4012 if (crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
)
4016 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
4017 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
4018 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4019 ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, lab
);
4020 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref
) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
4022 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
4023 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
4025 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc
);
4026 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
4027 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
4031 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
4035 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4036 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4038 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4044 current_function_func_begin_label
= NULL
;
4046 do_frame
= dwarf2out_do_frame ();
4048 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c for
4049 call-site information. We must emit this label if it might be used. */
4051 && (!flag_exceptions
4052 || targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) != UI_TARGET
))
4055 fnsec
= function_section (current_function_decl
);
4056 switch_to_section (fnsec
);
4057 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
4058 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4059 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
4060 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4061 dup_label
= xstrdup (label
);
4062 current_function_func_begin_label
= dup_label
;
4064 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
4068 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
4069 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
4071 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
4072 fde_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node
, fde_table
, fde_table_allocated
);
4073 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
4074 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
4077 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
4078 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
4080 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
4081 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
4082 fde
->decl
= current_function_decl
;
4083 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= dup_label
;
4084 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
4085 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= dup_label
;
4086 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
= NULL
;
4087 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
= NULL
;
4088 fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
= NULL
;
4089 fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
= NULL
;
4090 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
4091 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
= NULL
;
4092 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
4093 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= crtl
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
4094 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
;
4095 fde
->nothrow
= crtl
->nothrow
;
4096 fde
->drap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
4097 fde
->vdrap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
4098 fde
->in_std_section
= (fnsec
== text_section
4099 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
4100 fde
->second_in_std_section
= 0;
4102 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
4104 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
4105 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
4106 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4108 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
, 0, true);
4111 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4112 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
4115 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
4116 if (!current_unit_personality
)
4117 current_unit_personality
= personality
;
4119 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4120 asm, at the point where we emit the CFI data, there is no current
4121 function anymore. */
4122 if (personality
&& current_unit_personality
!= personality
)
4123 sorry ("multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4124 "supporting .cfi_personality directive");
4128 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code
4129 for a function prologue. This gets called *after* the prologue code has
4133 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4134 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4137 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4139 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4141 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
4142 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4143 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
4144 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4145 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
4146 fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
= xstrdup (label
);
4149 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code
4150 for a function epilogue. This gets called *before* the prologue code has
4154 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4155 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4158 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4160 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
4161 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
)
4164 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4166 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
,
4167 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4168 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
,
4169 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4170 fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
= xstrdup (label
);
4173 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4174 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4178 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4179 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4182 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4184 last_var_location_insn
= NULL_RTX
;
4186 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4187 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4189 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4191 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
4192 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4193 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
4194 fde
= current_fde ();
4195 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
4196 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
== NULL
)
4197 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
4201 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4203 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4204 fde_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_fde_node (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
4205 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
4206 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
4208 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4209 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4211 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4212 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
4214 if (targetm
.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2
4215 || targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) == UI_DWARF2
)
4216 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
4220 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4222 /* Output call frame information. */
4223 if (targetm
.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2
)
4224 output_call_frame_info (0);
4226 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4227 if ((flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
)
4228 && targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) == UI_DWARF2
)
4229 output_call_frame_info (1);
4232 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4235 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4237 section
*sec
= current_function_section ();
4238 if (sec
== text_section
)
4239 text_section_used
= true;
4240 else if (sec
== cold_text_section
)
4241 cold_text_section_used
= true;
4244 static void var_location_switch_text_section (void);
4247 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4250 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
4253 gcc_assert (cfun
&& fde
&& fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
== NULL
);
4255 if (!in_cold_section_p
)
4257 fde
->dw_fde_end
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
4258 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_label
;
4259 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
4263 fde
->dw_fde_end
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
4264 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
4265 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
4267 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
4269 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4270 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4271 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
4273 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4274 if (cold_text_section
!= NULL
)
4275 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4277 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4278 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4280 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4281 sect
= current_function_section ();
4282 switch_to_section (sect
);
4284 fde
->second_in_std_section
4285 = (sect
== text_section
4286 || (cold_text_section
&& sect
== cold_text_section
));
4288 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4290 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4291 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4293 output_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, true, fde
, true);
4295 cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
4297 while (cfi
->dw_cfi_next
!= NULL
)
4298 cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
;
4299 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
= cfi
;
4300 var_location_switch_text_section ();
4303 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4304 for emitting location expressions. */
4306 /* Data about a single source file. */
4307 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data
{
4308 const char * filename
;
4312 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
4313 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
4314 typedef const struct die_struct
*const_dw_die_ref
;
4315 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
4316 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
4318 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4322 } deferred_locations
;
4324 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations
);
4325 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations
,gc
);
4327 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations
, gc
) *deferred_locations_list
;
4329 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref
);
4330 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref
,heap
);
4332 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4333 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4334 implementation are listed below. */
4339 dw_val_class_offset
,
4341 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
4342 dw_val_class_range_list
,
4344 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
4345 dw_val_class_const_double
,
4348 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
4349 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
4350 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
4351 dw_val_class_lineptr
,
4353 dw_val_class_macptr
,
4356 dw_val_class_decl_ref
,
4357 dw_val_class_vms_delta
4360 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4362 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct
{
4363 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
4369 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4370 represented internally. */
4372 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct
{
4373 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
4374 union dw_val_struct_union
4376 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
4377 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
4378 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
4379 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
4380 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default)) val_int
;
4381 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
4382 double_int
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double
;
4383 dw_vec_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec
;
4384 struct dw_val_die_union
4388 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
4389 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
4390 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
4391 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
4392 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
4393 struct dwarf_file_data
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file
;
4394 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8
[8];
4395 tree
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_decl_ref"))) val_decl_ref
;
4396 struct dw_val_vms_delta_union
4400 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vms_delta"))) val_vms_delta
;
4402 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
4406 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4409 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct
{
4410 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
4411 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom
) dw_loc_opc
: 8;
4412 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4413 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4414 unsigned int dtprel
: 1;
4416 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
4417 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
4421 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4422 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4423 their entire life. */
4424 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct
{
4425 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
4426 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
4427 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
4428 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4429 Only on head of list */
4430 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4431 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
4433 /* True if all addresses in this and subsequent lists are known to be
4436 /* True if this list has been replaced by dw_loc_next. */
4441 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4443 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4446 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
4451 return "DW_OP_addr";
4453 return "DW_OP_deref";
4455 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4457 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4459 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4461 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4463 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4465 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4467 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4469 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4471 return "DW_OP_constu";
4473 return "DW_OP_consts";
4477 return "DW_OP_drop";
4479 return "DW_OP_over";
4481 return "DW_OP_pick";
4483 return "DW_OP_swap";
4487 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4495 return "DW_OP_minus";
4507 return "DW_OP_plus";
4508 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4509 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4515 return "DW_OP_shra";
4533 return "DW_OP_skip";
4535 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4537 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4539 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4541 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4543 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4545 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4547 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4549 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4551 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4553 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4555 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4557 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4559 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4561 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4563 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4565 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4567 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4569 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4571 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4573 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4575 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4577 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4579 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4581 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4583 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4585 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4587 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4589 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4591 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4593 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4595 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4597 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4599 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4601 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4603 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4605 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4607 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4609 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4611 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4613 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4615 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4617 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4619 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4621 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4623 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4625 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4627 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4629 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4631 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4633 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4635 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4637 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4639 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4641 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4643 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4645 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4647 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4649 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4651 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4653 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4655 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4657 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4659 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4661 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4663 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4665 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4667 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4669 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4671 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4673 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4675 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4677 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4679 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4681 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4683 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4685 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4687 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4689 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4691 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4693 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4695 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4697 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4699 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4701 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4703 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4705 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4707 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4709 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4711 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4713 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4715 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4717 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4719 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4721 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4723 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4725 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4727 return "DW_OP_regx";
4729 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4731 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4733 return "DW_OP_piece";
4734 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4735 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4736 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4737 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4741 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
4742 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4744 return "DW_OP_call2";
4746 return "DW_OP_call4";
4747 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
4748 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4749 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4750 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4751 case DW_OP_stack_value
:
4752 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4753 case DW_OP_form_tls_address
:
4754 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4755 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
:
4756 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4757 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
4758 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4760 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
4761 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4762 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit
:
4763 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4764 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr
:
4765 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4766 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
4767 return "DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer";
4768 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
4769 return "DW_OP_GNU_entry_value";
4772 return "OP_<unknown>";
4776 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4777 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4778 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4780 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4781 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
4782 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
4784 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_loc_descr_node ();
4786 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
4787 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4788 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
4789 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4790 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
4795 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4798 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4799 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4802 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
),
4805 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
4808 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4811 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
4813 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
4815 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4816 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
4822 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4825 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4827 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
4830 gcc_assert (*list_head
!= NULL
);
4835 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4836 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
4840 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_fbreg
4841 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& loc
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
))
4842 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
4843 else if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bregx
)
4844 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
4846 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4847 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4849 && ((offset
> 0 && *p
<= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)
4850 || (offset
< 0 && *p
>= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)))
4853 else if (offset
> 0)
4854 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
4858 loc
->dw_loc_next
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
4859 add_loc_descr (&loc
->dw_loc_next
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
4863 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4866 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4869 for (d
= list_head
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->dw_loc_next
)
4870 loc_descr_plus_const (&d
->expr
, offset
);
4873 #define DWARF_REF_SIZE \
4874 (dwarf_version == 2 ? DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
4876 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
4878 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4880 static unsigned long
4881 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4883 unsigned long size
= 1;
4885 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
4888 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
4907 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4910 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4915 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4916 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4954 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4957 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4960 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4963 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4964 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
4967 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4969 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
4970 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4971 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4973 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4974 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4983 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
4984 size
+= DWARF_REF_SIZE
;
4986 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4987 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
)
4988 + loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4990 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
4991 size
+= DWARF_REF_SIZE
+ size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
4993 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
4995 unsigned long op_size
= size_of_locs (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
);
4996 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (op_size
) + op_size
;
5006 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
5008 static unsigned long
5009 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5014 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
5015 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
5016 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
5018 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bra
)
5020 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
5025 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
5027 l
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
5028 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
5034 static HOST_WIDE_INT
extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
5035 static void get_ref_die_offset_label (char *, dw_die_ref
);
5036 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref
, int);
5038 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5039 The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are
5040 converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that
5041 hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind
5042 info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted
5043 (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */
5046 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, int for_eh_or_skip
)
5048 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
5049 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
5051 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
5053 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5056 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5061 gcc_assert (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
);
5062 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
, 4,
5064 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
5069 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5074 gcc_assert (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
);
5075 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
, 8,
5077 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
5082 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
5083 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5090 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
5091 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
5093 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
5096 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5097 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5098 switch (val2
->val_class
)
5100 case dw_val_class_const
:
5101 dw2_asm_output_data (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5103 case dw_val_class_vec
:
5105 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
5106 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
5110 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
5115 for (i
= 0, p
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
;
5118 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
5119 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
5122 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
5124 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
5126 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
5128 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
5129 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
5133 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
5134 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
5136 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
5138 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
5142 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5143 gcc_assert (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
5144 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val2
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
5159 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5160 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
5161 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
5162 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
5163 only doing unwinding. */
5168 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5171 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5174 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5177 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5179 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5180 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5214 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5218 unsigned r
= val1
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5219 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0)
5220 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
5221 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
5222 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
5223 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
5227 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5231 unsigned r
= val1
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5232 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0)
5233 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
5234 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
5235 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
5236 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
5237 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5241 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5243 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
5244 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5245 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val2
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5247 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
5248 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5249 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5255 if (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
5257 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
5260 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
5267 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5268 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
5275 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
5277 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
5278 + HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ 2 + 2];
5279 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
5280 get_ref_die_offset_label (label
, val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
5281 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_REF_SIZE
, label
, debug_info_section
, NULL
);
5282 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5286 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
5287 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size_of_locs (val1
->v
.val_loc
), NULL
);
5288 output_loc_sequence (val1
->v
.val_loc
, for_eh_or_skip
);
5292 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5297 /* Output a sequence of location operations.
5298 The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are
5299 converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that
5300 hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind
5301 info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted
5302 (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */
5305 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, int for_eh_or_skip
)
5307 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5309 enum dwarf_location_atom opc
= loc
->dw_loc_opc
;
5310 /* Output the opcode. */
5311 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0
5312 && opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
)
5314 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_breg0
);
5315 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
5316 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
5317 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ r
);
5319 else if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0
5320 && opc
>= DW_OP_reg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_reg31
)
5322 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_reg0
);
5323 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
5324 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
5325 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ r
);
5328 dw2_asm_output_data (1, opc
,
5329 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (opc
));
5331 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5332 output_loc_operands (loc
, for_eh_or_skip
);
5336 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5337 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5340 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5342 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
5343 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
5345 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
5348 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5349 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5355 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
5356 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5357 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5358 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5363 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5364 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5369 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5370 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5375 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
5376 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5377 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5385 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
5386 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
5388 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5389 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset
);
5395 unsigned r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, 1);
5396 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
5397 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
5398 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5399 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r
);
5404 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5406 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5407 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5410 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
5411 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5412 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5413 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5450 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5451 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_int
);
5456 unsigned r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, 1);
5457 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
5458 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
5459 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5460 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r
);
5461 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5462 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_int
);
5466 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
5467 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
5472 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5478 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5482 enum dwarf_location_atom opc
= loc
->dw_loc_opc
;
5483 /* Output the opcode. */
5484 if (opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
)
5486 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_breg0
);
5487 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, 1);
5488 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
5489 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ r
);
5491 else if (opc
>= DW_OP_reg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_reg31
)
5493 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_reg0
);
5494 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, 1);
5495 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
5496 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ r
);
5498 /* Output the opcode. */
5499 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%#x", opc
);
5500 output_loc_operands_raw (loc
);
5502 if (!loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5504 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
5506 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5510 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5511 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5514 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, int for_eh
)
5516 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5519 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5522 DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
5523 dw2_asm_output_data (1, r
, NULL
);
5524 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5527 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5529 /* Output the size of the block. */
5530 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5531 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
5533 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5534 output_loc_sequence (loc
, for_eh
);
5537 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5540 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
5542 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5545 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5548 DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
5549 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%#x,", r
);
5550 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5553 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5555 /* Output the size of the block. */
5556 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5557 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size
);
5558 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5560 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5561 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc
);
5564 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5565 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5568 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5569 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
5571 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
5573 offset
+= cfa
->offset
;
5577 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
5578 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
5579 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
5580 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5583 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
5584 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5588 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, offset
);
5593 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5594 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5597 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5598 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment
)
5600 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
;
5601 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5602 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
5604 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5605 if (cfa
.reg
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& cfa
.indirect
== 0)
5607 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, 0);
5608 add_loc_descr (&head
, int_loc_descriptor (alignment
));
5609 add_loc_descr (&head
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
5610 loc_descr_plus_const (&head
, offset
);
5613 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, offset
);
5617 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5618 descriptor sequence. */
5621 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
5623 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
5625 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
5629 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
5631 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
5667 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
5670 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5704 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
5705 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5708 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5709 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
5714 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5715 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
5718 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5719 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
5724 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5726 /* .debug_str support. */
5727 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5729 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5730 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5731 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5732 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5733 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5734 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5735 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5736 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree
);
5737 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5738 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5739 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree
);
5740 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
5741 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree
, int);
5742 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
, tree
, bool);
5743 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree
, tree
, tree
,
5745 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
5746 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx
);
5747 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
5748 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree
, tree
);
5750 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5752 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
5756 dwarf2out_assembly_start
,
5759 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
5760 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
5761 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
5762 dwarf2out_end_block
,
5763 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
5764 dwarf2out_source_line
,
5765 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
5766 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
5767 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue
,
5768 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue
,
5770 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
5771 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
5773 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
5774 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
5775 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
5776 dwarf2out_function_decl
, /* function_decl */
5777 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
5778 dwarf2out_type_decl
, /* type_decl */
5779 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
5780 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
5781 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5782 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5783 something tries to reference them. */
5784 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
5785 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
5786 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
5787 dwarf2out_var_location
,
5788 dwarf2out_switch_text_section
,
5790 1, /* start_end_main_source_file */
5791 TYPE_SYMTAB_IS_DIE
/* tree_type_symtab_field */
5794 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5795 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5796 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5798 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5799 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5800 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5801 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5803 /* Whether to put type DIEs into their own section .debug_types instead
5804 of making them part of the .debug_info section. Only supported for
5805 Dwarf V4 or higher and the user didn't disable them through
5806 -fno-debug-types-section. It is more efficient to put them in a
5807 separate comdat sections since the linker will then be able to
5808 remove duplicates. But not all tools support .debug_types sections
5811 #define use_debug_types (dwarf_version >= 4 && flag_debug_types_section)
5813 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5814 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5816 typedef long int dw_offset
;
5818 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5820 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
5821 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
5822 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
5823 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
5824 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
5825 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
*dw_ranges_by_label_ref
;
5826 typedef struct comdat_type_struct
*comdat_type_node_ref
;
5828 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5829 line number associated with the label generated for that
5830 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5831 the line number entry. */
5833 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct
{
5834 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
5835 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
5839 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5841 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct
{
5842 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
5843 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
5844 unsigned long function
;
5846 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
5848 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5849 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5850 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5852 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct
{
5853 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
5854 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
5858 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node
);
5859 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node
,gc
);
5861 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5862 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5863 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5865 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct
{
5866 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5868 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol
;
5869 comdat_type_node_ref
GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node
;
5871 GTY ((desc ("use_debug_types"))) die_id
;
5872 VEC(dw_attr_node
,gc
) * die_attr
;
5873 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
5874 dw_die_ref die_child
;
5876 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5877 dw_offset die_offset
;
5878 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
5880 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5881 int die_perennial_p
;
5882 unsigned int decl_id
;
5883 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
5887 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5888 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5889 c = die->die_child; \
5893 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5896 /* The pubname structure */
5898 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct
{
5904 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry
);
5905 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry
, gc
);
5907 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct
{
5908 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5909 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5913 /* A structure to hold a macinfo entry. */
5915 typedef struct GTY(()) macinfo_struct
{
5916 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT code
;
5917 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT lineno
;
5922 DEF_VEC_O(macinfo_entry
);
5923 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(macinfo_entry
, gc
);
5925 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct
{
5930 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5931 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5933 dw_die_ref root_die
;
5934 dw_die_ref type_die
;
5935 char signature
[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
];
5936 struct comdat_type_struct
*next
;
5940 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5941 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct
{
5944 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
5948 typedef struct skeleton_chain_struct
5952 struct skeleton_chain_struct
*parent
;
5954 skeleton_chain_node
;
5956 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5957 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5958 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5961 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5962 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5964 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5965 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5966 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5967 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5968 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5969 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5971 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5972 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5973 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5974 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5975 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5976 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5977 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5978 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5979 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5980 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5982 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5983 language, and compiler version. */
5985 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5986 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5987 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5989 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
5990 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5991 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
5992 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
5994 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
5995 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5997 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
5998 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
5999 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
6000 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
6001 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
6003 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
6004 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
6005 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
6006 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
6007 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
6008 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
6010 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
6011 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
6012 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
6013 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
6015 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
6019 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
6020 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
6021 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
6023 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
6024 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
6026 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
6027 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
6029 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
6030 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
6031 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
6032 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
6033 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
6035 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
6036 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
6037 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
6040 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
6041 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
6042 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
6044 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
6045 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref single_comp_unit_die
;
6047 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
6048 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node
*comdat_type_list
;
6050 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
6051 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
6053 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
6054 DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */
6055 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*deferred_asm_name
;
6057 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
6058 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data
))) htab_t file_table
;
6060 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
6061 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
6062 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t decl_die_table
;
6064 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
6065 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
6066 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t common_block_die_table
;
6068 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct
{
6073 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry
);
6074 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry
,gc
);
6076 /* Node of the variable location list. */
6077 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node
{
6078 /* Either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION, or, for SRA optimized variables,
6079 EXPR_LIST chain. For small bitsizes, bitsize is encoded
6080 in mode of the EXPR_LIST node and first EXPR_LIST operand
6081 is either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION for a piece with a known
6082 location or NULL for padding. For larger bitsizes,
6083 mode is 0 and first operand is a CONCAT with bitsize
6084 as first CONCAT operand and NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION resp.
6085 NULL as second operand. */
6087 const char * GTY (()) label
;
6088 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
6091 /* Variable location list. */
6092 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def
{
6093 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
6095 /* Pointer to the last but one or last element of the
6096 chained list. If the list is empty, both first and
6097 last are NULL, if the list contains just one node
6098 or the last node certainly is not redundant, it points
6099 to the last node, otherwise points to the last but one.
6100 Do not mark it for GC because it is marked through the chain. */
6101 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
6103 /* Pointer to the last element before section switch,
6104 if NULL, either sections weren't switched or first
6105 is after section switch. */
6106 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last_before_switch
;
6108 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
6109 unsigned int decl_id
;
6111 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
6113 /* Call argument location list. */
6114 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) call_arg_loc_node
{
6115 rtx
GTY (()) call_arg_loc_note
;
6116 const char * GTY (()) label
;
6117 tree
GTY (()) block
;
6119 rtx
GTY (()) symbol_ref
;
6120 struct call_arg_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
6124 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
6125 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list
))) htab_t decl_loc_table
;
6127 /* Head and tail of call_arg_loc chain. */
6128 static GTY (()) struct call_arg_loc_node
*call_arg_locations
;
6129 static struct call_arg_loc_node
*call_arg_loc_last
;
6131 /* Number of call sites in the current function. */
6132 static int call_site_count
= -1;
6133 /* Number of tail call sites in the current function. */
6134 static int tail_call_site_count
= -1;
6136 /* Vector mapping block numbers to DW_TAG_{lexical_block,inlined_subroutine}
6138 static VEC (dw_die_ref
, heap
) *block_map
;
6140 /* A cached location list. */
6141 struct GTY (()) cached_dw_loc_list_def
{
6142 /* The DECL_UID of the decl that this entry describes. */
6143 unsigned int decl_id
;
6145 /* The cached location list. */
6146 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
;
6148 typedef struct cached_dw_loc_list_def cached_dw_loc_list
;
6150 /* Table of cached location lists. */
6151 static GTY ((param_is (cached_dw_loc_list
))) htab_t cached_dw_loc_list_table
;
6153 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
6154 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
6155 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
6156 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
6157 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
6159 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
6160 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
6162 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
6163 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6165 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
6166 abbrev_die_table. */
6167 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
6169 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
6170 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
6171 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
6172 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
6174 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
6175 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
6177 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
6178 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
6180 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
6181 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
6182 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
6183 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
6185 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
6186 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
6188 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
6189 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
6191 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
6193 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
6195 /* A flag to tell pubnames/types export if there is an info section to
6197 static bool info_section_emitted
;
6199 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
6200 accessible names. */
6201 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubname_table
;
6203 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
6204 accessible types. */
6205 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubtype_table
;
6207 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of macro
6208 defines/undefines (and file start/end markers). */
6209 static GTY (()) VEC (macinfo_entry
, gc
) * macinfo_table
;
6211 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
6212 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
6214 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
6215 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
6217 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
6218 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
6220 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
6221 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
6222 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label
;
6224 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
6225 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated
;
6227 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
6228 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use
;
6230 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
6232 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
6234 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
6235 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists
;
6237 /* Unique label counter. */
6238 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num
;
6240 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
6241 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num
;
6243 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
6244 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
6246 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
6247 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* last_emitted_file
;
6249 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
6250 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
6252 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
6253 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* file_table_last_lookup
;
6255 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry
,gc
) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table
;
6257 /* Instances of generic types for which we need to generate debug
6258 info that describe their generic parameters and arguments. That
6259 generation needs to happen once all types are properly laid out so
6260 we do it at the end of compilation. */
6261 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *generic_type_instances
;
6263 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
6264 within the current function. */
6265 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
6267 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
6269 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx
);
6270 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
6271 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree
);
6272 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
6273 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
6274 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
6275 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree
);
6276 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
6277 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
6278 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
6279 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
6280 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
6281 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6282 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
6283 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6284 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
6285 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6286 HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6287 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned int,
6288 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
6289 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned char *);
6290 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
6291 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
6292 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
6293 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
6294 static enum dwarf_form
AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
6295 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
6296 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6297 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
6298 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
6299 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
6300 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
6301 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
6302 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
6303 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6305 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
6306 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
6307 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
6308 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
6309 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
6310 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
6311 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6312 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6313 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6315 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
6316 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6317 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
6318 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
6319 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6320 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6321 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6322 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6323 static bool is_cxx (void);
6324 static bool is_fortran (void);
6325 static bool is_ada (void);
6326 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6327 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
6328 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6329 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6330 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
6331 static dw_die_ref
strip_naming_typedef (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6332 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree
);
6333 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6334 static hashval_t
decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
6335 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6336 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
6337 static hashval_t
common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
6338 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6339 static hashval_t
decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
6340 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6341 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (const_tree
);
6342 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6343 static struct var_loc_node
*add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, rtx
, const char *);
6344 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
6345 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
6346 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
6347 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6348 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
6349 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6350 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6351 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6352 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6353 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6354 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6355 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_attr_ref
,
6356 struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6357 struct checksum_attributes
;
6358 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*, dw_die_ref
);
6359 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6360 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6361 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref
, comdat_type_node
*);
6362 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
6363 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*, const dw_val_node
*, int *);
6364 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
6365 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
6366 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6367 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
6368 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
6369 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
6370 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
6371 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
6372 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
6373 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref
);
6374 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref
);
6375 static dw_die_ref
clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref
);
6376 static dw_die_ref
clone_die (dw_die_ref
);
6377 static dw_die_ref
clone_tree (dw_die_ref
);
6378 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6379 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*);
6380 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*);
6381 static dw_die_ref
generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref
);
6382 static dw_die_ref
remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref
,
6384 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref
);
6385 static dw_die_ref
copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, htab_t
);
6386 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, htab_t
);
6387 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref
);
6389 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6390 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6391 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6392 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
6393 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
6394 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
6395 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
6396 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
6397 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6398 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
6399 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
6400 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6401 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6402 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6403 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
6404 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6405 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
6406 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
6407 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6408 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
6409 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
6410 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6411 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
6412 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*);
6413 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
6414 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6415 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref
);
6416 static void add_pubtype (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6417 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
6418 static void output_aranges (unsigned long);
6419 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6420 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree
);
6421 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref
, const char *, const char *,
6423 static void output_ranges (void);
6424 static void output_line_info (void);
6425 static void output_file_names (void);
6426 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
6427 static int is_base_type (tree
);
6428 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6429 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
6430 static dw_die_ref
generic_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
6431 static dw_die_ref
template_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6432 static int type_is_enum (const_tree
);
6433 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx
);
6434 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, int);
6435 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum var_init_status
);
6436 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6437 enum var_init_status
);
6438 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
6439 enum var_init_status
);
6440 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
6441 enum var_init_status
);
6442 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx
);
6443 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx
*, void *);
6444 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
6445 enum var_init_status
);
6446 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
,
6447 enum var_init_status
);
6448 static dw_loc_list_ref
loc_list_from_tree (tree
, int);
6449 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int);
6450 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
6451 static tree
field_type (const_tree
);
6452 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
6453 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
6454 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree
);
6455 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (const_tree
);
6456 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6458 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6459 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
6460 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6461 static void insert_double (double_int
, unsigned char *);
6462 static void insert_float (const_rtx
, unsigned char *);
6463 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
6464 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool,
6465 enum dwarf_attribute
);
6466 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6467 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6468 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
6469 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
6470 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
6471 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool);
6472 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6473 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6474 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6475 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6476 static dw_die_ref
add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6477 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6478 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6479 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6480 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
6481 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6482 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6483 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6484 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6485 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6486 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
6487 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6488 static const char *type_tag (const_tree
);
6489 static tree
member_declared_type (const_tree
);
6491 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
6493 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6494 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree
, struct array_descr_info
*, dw_die_ref
);
6496 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6498 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6499 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
6500 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
, tree
*);
6501 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6502 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6503 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6504 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6505 static void gen_const_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6506 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6507 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6508 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6509 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6510 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6511 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6512 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6513 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6514 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
,
6515 enum debug_info_usage
);
6516 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6517 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6518 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6519 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6520 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6521 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree
);
6522 static bool is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree
);
6523 static inline dw_die_ref
get_context_die (tree
);
6524 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6525 static dw_die_ref
gen_decl_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6526 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
6527 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
6528 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6529 static dw_die_ref
declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6530 static struct dwarf_file_data
* lookup_filename (const char *);
6531 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6532 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6533 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree
);
6534 static void gen_tagged_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, enum debug_info_usage
);
6535 static void gen_type_die_with_usage (tree
, dw_die_ref
, enum debug_info_usage
);
6536 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6537 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6538 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
6539 const char *, const char *);
6540 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
6541 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6543 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6544 static void prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6545 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
6546 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
6547 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
6548 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
6549 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6550 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
);
6551 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref
);
6552 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref
);
6553 static inline void add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6554 const char *, const char *);
6555 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6556 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6557 static bool generic_type_p (tree
);
6558 static void schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t
);
6559 static void gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void);
6561 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6562 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6563 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6565 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6566 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6568 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6569 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6571 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6572 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6574 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6575 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6577 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6578 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6580 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6581 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6583 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6584 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6586 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6587 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6589 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6590 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6593 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6594 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6595 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6598 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6599 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6600 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6601 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6604 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6605 the section names themselves. */
6607 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6608 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6610 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6611 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6613 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6614 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6616 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6617 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6619 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6620 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6622 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6623 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6625 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6626 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6628 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6629 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6633 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6634 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6635 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6636 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6637 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6639 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6640 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6641 static char cold_text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6642 static char cold_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6643 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6644 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6645 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6646 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6647 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6648 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6650 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6651 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6653 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6654 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6656 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6657 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6659 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6660 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6662 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6663 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6665 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6666 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6670 /* Return the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
6672 comp_unit_die (void)
6674 if (!single_comp_unit_die
)
6675 single_comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
6676 return single_comp_unit_die
;
6679 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6680 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6682 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
6685 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
6687 demangle_name_func
= func
;
6690 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6693 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl
)
6695 return ((REG_P (rtl
) && REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
6696 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
6697 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
6700 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6704 type_main_variant (tree type
)
6706 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6708 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6709 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6710 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6711 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6713 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
6714 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
6715 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6720 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6723 is_tagged_type (const_tree type
)
6725 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
6727 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
6728 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
6731 /* Set label to debug_info_section_label + die_offset of a DIE reference. */
6734 get_ref_die_offset_label (char *label
, dw_die_ref ref
)
6736 sprintf (label
, "%s+%ld", debug_info_section_label
, ref
->die_offset
);
6739 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6742 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
6746 case DW_TAG_padding
:
6747 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6748 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
6749 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6750 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
6751 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6752 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
6753 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6754 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
6755 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6756 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
6757 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6758 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
6759 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6761 return "DW_TAG_label";
6762 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
6763 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6765 return "DW_TAG_member";
6766 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
6767 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6768 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
6769 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6770 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
6771 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6772 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
6773 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6774 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
6775 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6776 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
6777 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6778 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
6779 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6780 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
6781 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6782 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
6783 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6784 case DW_TAG_variant
:
6785 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6786 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
6787 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6788 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
6789 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6790 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
6791 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6792 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
6793 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6795 return "DW_TAG_module";
6796 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
6797 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6798 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
6799 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6800 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
6801 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6802 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
6803 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6804 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
6805 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6806 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
6807 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6808 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
6809 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6810 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
6811 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6812 case DW_TAG_constant
:
6813 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6814 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
6815 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6816 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
6817 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6819 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6820 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
6821 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6822 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
6823 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6824 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
6825 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6826 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
6827 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6828 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
6829 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6830 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
6831 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6832 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
6833 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6834 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
6835 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6836 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
6837 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6838 case DW_TAG_variable
:
6839 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6840 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
6841 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6842 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
:
6843 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6844 case DW_TAG_restrict_type
:
6845 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6846 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
6847 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6848 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
6849 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6850 case DW_TAG_imported_module
:
6851 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6852 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type
:
6853 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6854 case DW_TAG_partial_unit
:
6855 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6856 case DW_TAG_imported_unit
:
6857 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6858 case DW_TAG_condition
:
6859 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6860 case DW_TAG_shared_type
:
6861 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6862 case DW_TAG_type_unit
:
6863 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6864 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
6865 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6866 case DW_TAG_template_alias
:
6867 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6868 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
:
6869 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6870 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
:
6871 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6872 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
6873 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6874 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
6875 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6876 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
6877 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6878 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
6879 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6880 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
6881 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6882 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
6883 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6884 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
:
6885 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6886 case DW_TAG_GNU_call_site
:
6887 return "DW_TAG_GNU_call_site";
6888 case DW_TAG_GNU_call_site_parameter
:
6889 return "DW_TAG_GNU_call_site_parameter";
6891 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6895 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6898 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
6903 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6904 case DW_AT_location
:
6905 return "DW_AT_location";
6907 return "DW_AT_name";
6908 case DW_AT_ordering
:
6909 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6910 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
6911 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6912 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
6913 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6914 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
6915 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6916 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
6917 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6918 case DW_AT_element_list
:
6919 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6920 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
6921 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6923 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6925 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6926 case DW_AT_language
:
6927 return "DW_AT_language";
6929 return "DW_AT_member";
6931 return "DW_AT_discr";
6932 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
6933 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6934 case DW_AT_visibility
:
6935 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6937 return "DW_AT_import";
6938 case DW_AT_string_length
:
6939 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6940 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
6941 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6942 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
6943 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6944 case DW_AT_const_value
:
6945 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6946 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
6947 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6948 case DW_AT_default_value
:
6949 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6951 return "DW_AT_inline";
6952 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
6953 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6954 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
6955 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6956 case DW_AT_producer
:
6957 return "DW_AT_producer";
6958 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
6959 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6960 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
6961 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6962 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
6963 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6964 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
6965 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6966 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
6967 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6968 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
6969 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6970 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
6971 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6972 case DW_AT_address_class
:
6973 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6974 case DW_AT_artificial
:
6975 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6976 case DW_AT_base_types
:
6977 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6978 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
6979 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6981 return "DW_AT_count";
6982 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
6983 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6984 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
6985 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6986 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
6987 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6988 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
6989 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6990 case DW_AT_declaration
:
6991 return "DW_AT_declaration";
6992 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
6993 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6994 case DW_AT_encoding
:
6995 return "DW_AT_encoding";
6996 case DW_AT_external
:
6997 return "DW_AT_external";
6998 case DW_AT_explicit
:
6999 return "DW_AT_explicit";
7000 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
7001 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
7003 return "DW_AT_friend";
7004 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
7005 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
7006 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
7007 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
7008 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
7009 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
7010 case DW_AT_priority
:
7011 return "DW_AT_priority";
7013 return "DW_AT_segment";
7014 case DW_AT_specification
:
7015 return "DW_AT_specification";
7016 case DW_AT_static_link
:
7017 return "DW_AT_static_link";
7019 return "DW_AT_type";
7020 case DW_AT_use_location
:
7021 return "DW_AT_use_location";
7022 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
7023 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
7024 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
7025 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
7026 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
7027 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
7029 case DW_AT_allocated
:
7030 return "DW_AT_allocated";
7031 case DW_AT_associated
:
7032 return "DW_AT_associated";
7033 case DW_AT_data_location
:
7034 return "DW_AT_data_location";
7035 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
7036 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
7037 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
7038 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
7039 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
7040 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
7041 case DW_AT_extension
:
7042 return "DW_AT_extension";
7044 return "DW_AT_ranges";
7045 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
7046 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
7047 case DW_AT_call_column
:
7048 return "DW_AT_call_column";
7049 case DW_AT_call_file
:
7050 return "DW_AT_call_file";
7051 case DW_AT_call_line
:
7052 return "DW_AT_call_line";
7053 case DW_AT_object_pointer
:
7054 return "DW_AT_object_pointer";
7056 case DW_AT_signature
:
7057 return "DW_AT_signature";
7058 case DW_AT_main_subprogram
:
7059 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
7060 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset
:
7061 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
7062 case DW_AT_const_expr
:
7063 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
7064 case DW_AT_enum_class
:
7065 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
7066 case DW_AT_linkage_name
:
7067 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
7069 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
7070 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
7071 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
7072 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
7073 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
7074 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
7075 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
7076 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
7077 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7078 case DW_AT_HP_prologue
:
7079 return "DW_AT_HP_prologue";
7081 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
7082 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
7084 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
7085 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
7086 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
7087 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
7088 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7089 case DW_AT_HP_epilogue
:
7090 return "DW_AT_HP_epilogue";
7092 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
7093 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
7095 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
7096 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
7097 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
7098 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
7099 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
7100 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
7102 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
7103 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
7104 case DW_AT_src_info
:
7105 return "DW_AT_src_info";
7106 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
7107 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
7108 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
7109 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
7110 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
7111 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
7112 case DW_AT_body_end
:
7113 return "DW_AT_body_end";
7114 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
7115 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
7116 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by
:
7117 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
7118 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by
:
7119 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
7120 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded
:
7121 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
7122 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded
:
7123 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
7124 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded
:
7125 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
7126 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required
:
7127 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
7128 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required
:
7129 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
7130 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
:
7131 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
7132 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name
:
7133 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
7134 case DW_AT_GNU_call_site_value
:
7135 return "DW_AT_GNU_call_site_value";
7136 case DW_AT_GNU_call_site_data_value
:
7137 return "DW_AT_GNU_call_site_data_value";
7138 case DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target
:
7139 return "DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target";
7140 case DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target_clobbered
:
7141 return "DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target_clobbered";
7142 case DW_AT_GNU_tail_call
:
7143 return "DW_AT_GNU_tail_call";
7144 case DW_AT_GNU_all_tail_call_sites
:
7145 return "DW_AT_GNU_all_tail_call_sites";
7146 case DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites
:
7147 return "DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites";
7148 case DW_AT_GNU_all_source_call_sites
:
7149 return "DW_AT_GNU_all_source_call_sites";
7151 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
7152 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
7155 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
7159 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
7162 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
7167 return "DW_FORM_addr";
7168 case DW_FORM_block2
:
7169 return "DW_FORM_block2";
7170 case DW_FORM_block4
:
7171 return "DW_FORM_block4";
7173 return "DW_FORM_data2";
7175 return "DW_FORM_data4";
7177 return "DW_FORM_data8";
7178 case DW_FORM_string
:
7179 return "DW_FORM_string";
7181 return "DW_FORM_block";
7182 case DW_FORM_block1
:
7183 return "DW_FORM_block1";
7185 return "DW_FORM_data1";
7187 return "DW_FORM_flag";
7189 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
7191 return "DW_FORM_strp";
7193 return "DW_FORM_udata";
7194 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
7195 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
7197 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
7199 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
7201 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
7203 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
7204 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
7205 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
7206 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
7207 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
7208 case DW_FORM_sec_offset
:
7209 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
7210 case DW_FORM_exprloc
:
7211 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
7212 case DW_FORM_flag_present
:
7213 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
7214 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8
:
7215 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
7217 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
7221 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
7222 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
7223 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
7224 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
7228 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl
)
7230 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl
), TS_DECL_COMMON
))
7233 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
7234 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
7235 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
7236 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
7239 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
7240 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
7241 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)));
7243 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
7246 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
7247 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
7251 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
7253 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
7255 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
7256 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
7258 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
7259 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
7261 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
7262 context
= NULL_TREE
;
7267 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
7270 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
7272 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
7276 if (die
->die_attr
== NULL
)
7277 die
->die_attr
= VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node
, gc
, 1);
7278 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node
, gc
, die
->die_attr
, attr
);
7281 static inline enum dw_val_class
7282 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
7284 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
7287 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
7290 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
7294 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7295 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
7296 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
7297 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7300 static inline unsigned
7301 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
7303 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
);
7304 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
7307 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7310 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
7314 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7315 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
7316 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
7317 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7320 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
7321 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
7323 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
);
7324 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
7327 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7330 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7331 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
7335 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7336 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
7337 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
7338 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7341 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7342 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
7344 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
);
7345 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
7348 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7351 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7352 HOST_WIDE_INT high
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low
)
7356 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7357 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
7358 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
= high
;
7359 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
= low
;
7360 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7363 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
7366 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7367 unsigned int length
, unsigned int elt_size
, unsigned char *array
)
7371 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7372 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
7373 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
7374 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
7375 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
7376 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7379 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
7382 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7383 unsigned char data8
[8])
7387 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7388 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_data8
;
7389 memcpy (attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
, data8
, 8);
7390 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7393 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
7396 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
7398 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
7402 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
7404 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
7405 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
7408 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
7410 static struct indirect_string_node
*
7411 find_AT_string (const char *str
)
7413 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7416 if (! debug_str_hash
)
7417 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
7418 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
7420 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
7421 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
7424 node
= ggc_alloc_cleared_indirect_string_node ();
7425 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
7429 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
7435 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7438 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
7441 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7443 node
= find_AT_string (str
);
7445 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7446 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
7447 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
7448 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7451 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7452 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7455 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node
*node
)
7462 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
7463 ++dw2_string_counter
;
7464 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
7467 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7468 debug string STR. */
7471 get_debug_string_label (const char *str
)
7473 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= find_AT_string (str
);
7475 debug_str_hash_forced
= true;
7477 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node
);
7479 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, node
->label
);
7482 static inline const char *
7483 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
7485 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
7486 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
7489 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7490 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7492 static enum dwarf_form
7493 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
7495 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7498 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
7500 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
7504 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
7506 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7507 always better to put it inline. */
7508 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
7509 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
7511 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7512 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7514 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7515 || ((debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
7516 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
))
7517 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
7519 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node
);
7521 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
7524 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7527 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
7531 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
7532 gcc_assert (targ_die
!= NULL
);
7534 /* With LTO we can end up trying to reference something we didn't create
7535 a DIE for. Avoid crashing later on a NULL referenced DIE. */
7536 if (targ_die
== NULL
)
7540 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7541 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
7542 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
7543 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
7544 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7547 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7548 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7551 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
7553 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
7554 gcc_assert (!targ_die
->die_definition
);
7555 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
7558 static inline dw_die_ref
7559 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
7561 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
7562 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
7566 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
7568 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
7569 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
7575 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
7577 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
7578 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
7581 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7584 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
7588 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7589 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
7590 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
7591 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7594 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7597 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
7601 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7602 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
7603 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
7604 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7607 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7608 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
7610 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
7611 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
7615 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
7619 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7620 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
7621 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
7622 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7623 have_location_lists
= true;
7626 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7627 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
7629 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
7630 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
7633 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
*
7634 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a
)
7636 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
7637 return &a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
7640 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7643 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
7647 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7648 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
7649 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
7650 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7653 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7656 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
7658 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
);
7659 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
7662 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7665 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7666 struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
)
7670 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7671 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_file
;
7672 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
= fd
;
7673 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7676 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7678 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
7679 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a
)
7681 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_file
);
7682 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
;
7685 /* Add a vms delta attribute value to a DIE. */
7688 add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7689 const char *lbl1
, const char *lbl2
)
7693 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7694 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vms_delta
;
7695 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
= xstrdup (lbl1
);
7696 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl2
= xstrdup (lbl2
);
7697 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7700 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7703 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
7707 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7708 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
7709 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
7710 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7713 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7714 debug_line section. */
7717 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7722 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7723 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lineptr
;
7724 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
7725 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7728 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7729 debug_macinfo section. */
7732 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7737 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7738 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_macptr
;
7739 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
7740 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7743 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7746 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7747 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
7751 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7752 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
7753 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
7754 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7757 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7760 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7761 long unsigned int offset
)
7765 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7766 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
7767 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
7768 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7771 /* Return the start label of a delta attribute. */
7773 static inline const char *
7774 AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref a
)
7776 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_vms_delta
));
7777 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
;
7780 /* Return the end label of a delta attribute. */
7782 static inline const char *
7783 AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref a
)
7785 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_vms_delta
));
7786 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl2
;
7789 static inline const char *
7790 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
7792 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7793 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7794 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_macptr
));
7795 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
7798 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7801 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7805 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
7810 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
7811 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
7813 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
7814 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
7818 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
7823 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7824 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7825 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7827 static inline const char *
7828 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
7830 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
7832 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
7835 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7836 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7837 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7839 static inline const char *
7840 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
7842 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
7844 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
7847 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7848 NULL if it is not present. */
7850 static inline const char *
7851 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7853 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7855 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
7858 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7859 if it is not present. */
7862 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7864 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7866 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
7869 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7870 if it is not present. */
7872 static inline unsigned
7873 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7875 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7877 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
7880 static inline dw_die_ref
7881 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7883 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7885 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
7888 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
7889 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7891 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7893 return a
? AT_file (a
) : NULL
;
7896 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7901 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
7903 return lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
7906 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7911 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
7913 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
7914 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
7915 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran95
);
7918 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7923 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
7925 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
7928 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7931 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7939 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
7940 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
7942 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
7943 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
7944 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
7946 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7948 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
);
7953 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7954 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7957 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
7959 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
7960 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== child
);
7963 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
);
7967 prev
->die_sib
= child
->die_sib
;
7968 if (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
)
7969 child
->die_parent
->die_child
= prev
;
7972 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
7973 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
7976 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child
, dw_die_ref new_child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
7978 dw_die_ref parent
= old_child
->die_parent
;
7980 gcc_assert (parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
7981 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== old_child
);
7983 new_child
->die_parent
= parent
;
7984 if (prev
== old_child
)
7986 gcc_assert (parent
->die_child
== old_child
);
7987 new_child
->die_sib
= new_child
;
7991 prev
->die_sib
= new_child
;
7992 new_child
->die_sib
= old_child
->die_sib
;
7994 if (old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
== old_child
)
7995 old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
= new_child
;
7998 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
8001 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent
, dw_die_ref new_parent
)
8004 new_parent
->die_child
= old_parent
->die_child
;
8005 old_parent
->die_child
= NULL
;
8006 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent
, c
, c
->die_parent
= new_parent
);
8009 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
8013 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
8019 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
8021 while (c
->die_tag
== tag
)
8023 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
8024 /* Might have removed every child. */
8025 if (c
== c
->die_sib
)
8029 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
8032 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
8035 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
8037 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
8038 if (! die
|| ! child_die
)
8040 gcc_assert (die
!= child_die
);
8042 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
8045 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
->die_sib
;
8046 die
->die_child
->die_sib
= child_die
;
8049 child_die
->die_sib
= child_die
;
8050 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
8053 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
8054 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
8055 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
8058 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
8062 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
8063 specification DIE at toplevel. */
8064 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
8066 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
8072 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== parent
8073 || (child
->die_parent
8074 == get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
)));
8076 for (p
= child
->die_parent
->die_child
; ; p
= p
->die_sib
)
8077 if (p
->die_sib
== child
)
8079 remove_child_with_prev (child
, p
);
8083 add_child_die (parent
, child
);
8086 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
8088 static inline dw_die_ref
8089 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
8091 dw_die_ref die
= ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
8093 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
8095 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
8096 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
8099 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
8101 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared_limbo_die_node ();
8102 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
8103 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
8104 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
8105 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
8111 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
8113 static inline dw_die_ref
8114 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
8116 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
8119 /* Given a TYPE_DIE representing the type TYPE, if TYPE is an
8120 anonymous type named by the typedef TYPE_DIE, return the DIE of the
8121 anonymous type instead the one of the naming typedef. */
8123 static inline dw_die_ref
8124 strip_naming_typedef (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
8127 && TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
8129 && type_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
8130 && is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
8131 type_die
= get_AT_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_type
);
8135 /* Like lookup_type_die, but if type is an anonymous type named by a
8136 typedef[1], return the DIE of the anonymous type instead the one of
8137 the naming typedef. This is because in gen_typedef_die, we did
8138 equate the anonymous struct named by the typedef with the DIE of
8139 the naming typedef. So by default, lookup_type_die on an anonymous
8140 struct yields the DIE of the naming typedef.
8142 [1]: Read the comment of is_naming_typedef_decl to learn about what
8143 a naming typedef is. */
8145 static inline dw_die_ref
8146 lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree type
)
8148 dw_die_ref die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
8149 return strip_naming_typedef (type
, die
);
8152 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
8155 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
8157 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
8160 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
8163 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
8165 return (hashval_t
) ((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
;
8168 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
8171 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
8173 return (((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
8176 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
8178 static inline dw_die_ref
8179 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
8181 return (dw_die_ref
) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
8184 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
8187 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x
)
8189 return (hashval_t
) ((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
;
8192 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
8196 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
8198 return (((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
8201 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
8203 static inline var_loc_list
*
8204 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl
)
8206 if (!decl_loc_table
)
8208 return (var_loc_list
*)
8209 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
8212 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a cached_dw_loc_list_list). */
8215 cached_dw_loc_list_table_hash (const void *x
)
8217 return (hashval_t
) ((const cached_dw_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
;
8220 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of cached_dw_loc_list X is the same as
8224 cached_dw_loc_list_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
8226 return (((const cached_dw_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
8227 == DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
8230 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
8233 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
8235 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
8238 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
8240 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
8243 /* Return how many bits covers PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
8246 decl_piece_bitsize (rtx piece
)
8248 int ret
= (int) GET_MODE (piece
);
8251 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (piece
, 0)) == CONCAT
8252 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 0)));
8253 return INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 0));
8256 /* Return pointer to the location of location note in PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
8259 decl_piece_varloc_ptr (rtx piece
)
8261 if ((int) GET_MODE (piece
))
8262 return &XEXP (piece
, 0);
8264 return &XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 1);
8267 /* Create an EXPR_LIST for location note LOC_NOTE covering BITSIZE bits.
8268 Next is the chain of following piece nodes. */
8271 decl_piece_node (rtx loc_note
, HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, rtx next
)
8273 if (bitsize
<= (int) MAX_MACHINE_MODE
)
8274 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (bitsize
, loc_note
, next
);
8276 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, gen_rtx_CONCAT (VOIDmode
,
8281 /* Return rtx that should be stored into loc field for
8282 LOC_NOTE and BITPOS/BITSIZE. */
8285 construct_piece_list (rtx loc_note
, HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos
,
8286 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
)
8290 loc_note
= decl_piece_node (loc_note
, bitsize
, NULL_RTX
);
8292 loc_note
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, bitpos
, loc_note
);
8297 /* This function either modifies location piece list *DEST in
8298 place (if SRC and INNER is NULL), or copies location piece list
8299 *SRC to *DEST while modifying it. Location BITPOS is modified
8300 to contain LOC_NOTE, any pieces overlapping it are removed resp.
8301 not copied and if needed some padding around it is added.
8302 When modifying in place, DEST should point to EXPR_LIST where
8303 earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits, when copying SRC points
8304 to the start of the whole list and INNER points to the EXPR_LIST
8305 where earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits. */
8308 adjust_piece_list (rtx
*dest
, rtx
*src
, rtx
*inner
,
8309 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos
, HOST_WIDE_INT piece_bitpos
,
8310 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, rtx loc_note
)
8313 bool copy
= inner
!= NULL
;
8317 /* First copy all nodes preceeding the current bitpos. */
8318 while (src
!= inner
)
8320 *dest
= decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src
),
8321 decl_piece_bitsize (*src
), NULL_RTX
);
8322 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8323 src
= &XEXP (*src
, 1);
8326 /* Add padding if needed. */
8327 if (bitpos
!= piece_bitpos
)
8329 *dest
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, bitpos
- piece_bitpos
,
8330 copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
8331 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8333 else if (*dest
&& decl_piece_bitsize (*dest
) == bitsize
)
8336 /* A piece with correct bitpos and bitsize already exist,
8337 just update the location for it and return. */
8338 *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*dest
) = loc_note
;
8341 /* Add the piece that changed. */
8342 *dest
= decl_piece_node (loc_note
, bitsize
, copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
8343 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8344 /* Skip over pieces that overlap it. */
8345 diff
= bitpos
- piece_bitpos
+ bitsize
;
8348 while (diff
> 0 && *src
)
8351 diff
-= decl_piece_bitsize (piece
);
8353 src
= &XEXP (piece
, 1);
8356 *src
= XEXP (piece
, 1);
8357 free_EXPR_LIST_node (piece
);
8360 /* Add padding if needed. */
8361 if (diff
< 0 && *src
)
8365 *dest
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, -diff
, copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
8366 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8370 /* Finally copy all nodes following it. */
8373 *dest
= decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src
),
8374 decl_piece_bitsize (*src
), NULL_RTX
);
8375 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8376 src
= &XEXP (*src
, 1);
8380 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
8382 static struct var_loc_node
*
8383 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, rtx loc_note
, const char *label
)
8385 unsigned int decl_id
;
8388 struct var_loc_node
*loc
= NULL
;
8389 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
= -1, bitpos
= -1;
8391 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl
))
8393 tree realdecl
= DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl
);
8394 if (realdecl
&& handled_component_p (realdecl
))
8396 HOST_WIDE_INT maxsize
;
8399 = get_ref_base_and_extent (realdecl
, &bitpos
, &bitsize
, &maxsize
);
8400 if (!DECL_P (innerdecl
)
8401 || DECL_IGNORED_P (innerdecl
)
8402 || TREE_STATIC (innerdecl
)
8404 || bitpos
+ bitsize
> 256
8405 || bitsize
!= maxsize
)
8411 decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
8412 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
8415 temp
= ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_list ();
8416 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
8420 temp
= (var_loc_list
*) *slot
;
8424 struct var_loc_node
*last
= temp
->last
, *unused
= NULL
;
8425 rtx
*piece_loc
= NULL
, last_loc_note
;
8426 int piece_bitpos
= 0;
8430 gcc_assert (last
->next
== NULL
);
8432 if (bitsize
!= -1 && GET_CODE (last
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
8434 piece_loc
= &last
->loc
;
8437 int cur_bitsize
= decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc
);
8438 if (piece_bitpos
+ cur_bitsize
> bitpos
)
8440 piece_bitpos
+= cur_bitsize
;
8441 piece_loc
= &XEXP (*piece_loc
, 1);
8445 /* TEMP->LAST here is either pointer to the last but one or
8446 last element in the chained list, LAST is pointer to the
8448 if (label
&& strcmp (last
->label
, label
) == 0)
8450 /* For SRA optimized variables if there weren't any real
8451 insns since last note, just modify the last node. */
8452 if (piece_loc
!= NULL
)
8454 adjust_piece_list (piece_loc
, NULL
, NULL
,
8455 bitpos
, piece_bitpos
, bitsize
, loc_note
);
8458 /* If the last note doesn't cover any instructions, remove it. */
8459 if (temp
->last
!= last
)
8461 temp
->last
->next
= NULL
;
8464 gcc_assert (strcmp (last
->label
, label
) != 0);
8468 gcc_assert (temp
->first
== temp
->last
);
8469 memset (temp
->last
, '\0', sizeof (*temp
->last
));
8470 temp
->last
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
8474 if (bitsize
== -1 && NOTE_P (last
->loc
))
8475 last_loc_note
= last
->loc
;
8476 else if (piece_loc
!= NULL
8477 && *piece_loc
!= NULL_RTX
8478 && piece_bitpos
== bitpos
8479 && decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc
) == bitsize
)
8480 last_loc_note
= *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*piece_loc
);
8482 last_loc_note
= NULL_RTX
;
8483 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
8484 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
8485 we have nothing to do. */
8486 if (last_loc_note
== NULL_RTX
8487 || (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (last_loc_note
),
8488 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
)))
8489 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note
)
8490 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
))
8491 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note
)
8492 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
8493 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
)
8494 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
))))
8496 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. If the last
8497 element of the list has been removed above, reuse its
8498 memory for the new node, otherwise allocate a new one. */
8502 memset (loc
, '\0', sizeof (*loc
));
8505 loc
= ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node ();
8506 if (bitsize
== -1 || piece_loc
== NULL
)
8507 loc
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
8509 adjust_piece_list (&loc
->loc
, &last
->loc
, piece_loc
,
8510 bitpos
, piece_bitpos
, bitsize
, loc_note
);
8512 /* Ensure TEMP->LAST will point either to the new last but one
8513 element of the chain, or to the last element in it. */
8514 if (last
!= temp
->last
)
8522 loc
= ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node ();
8525 loc
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
8530 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
8531 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
8532 the DIE internal representation. */
8533 static int print_indent
;
8535 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
8538 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
8540 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
8543 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
8546 print_signature (FILE *outfile
, char *sig
)
8550 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
8551 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", sig
[i
] & 0xff);
8554 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
8555 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8558 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
8564 print_spaces (outfile
);
8565 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4ld: %s (%p)\n",
8566 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
),
8568 print_spaces (outfile
);
8569 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
8570 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %ld", die
->die_offset
);
8571 fprintf (outfile
, " mark: %d\n", die
->die_mark
);
8573 if (use_debug_types
&& die
->die_id
.die_type_node
)
8575 print_spaces (outfile
);
8576 fprintf (outfile
, " signature: ");
8577 print_signature (outfile
, die
->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
8578 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
8581 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8583 print_spaces (outfile
);
8584 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
8586 switch (AT_class (a
))
8588 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8589 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
8591 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8592 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
8594 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8595 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
8597 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
8598 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
8599 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
8601 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
8602 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
8604 case dw_val_class_const
:
8605 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
8607 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8608 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
8610 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8611 fprintf (outfile
, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
","\
8612 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
")",
8613 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
,
8614 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
);
8616 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8617 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point or vector constant");
8619 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8620 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
8622 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8623 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
8625 if (use_debug_types
&& AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
)
8627 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> signature: ");
8628 print_signature (outfile
,
8629 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
8631 else if (! use_debug_types
&& AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
)
8632 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s",
8633 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
8635 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
8636 fprintf (outfile
, " (%p)", (void *) AT_ref (a
));
8639 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
8641 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
8642 fprintf (outfile
, "delta: @slotcount(%s-%s)",
8643 AT_vms_delta2 (a
), AT_vms_delta1 (a
));
8645 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8646 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8647 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8648 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
8650 case dw_val_class_str
:
8651 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
8652 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
8654 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
8656 case dw_val_class_file
:
8657 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a
)->filename
,
8658 AT_file (a
)->emitted_number
);
8660 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8664 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
8665 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
]);
8672 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
8675 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
8678 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, print_die (c
, outfile
));
8681 if (print_indent
== 0)
8682 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
8685 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
8686 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8689 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
8692 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
8694 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
8695 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
8697 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
8698 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i
,
8699 line_info
->dw_file_num
,
8700 line_info
->dw_line_num
);
8703 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
8706 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
8709 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
8711 print_die (die
, stderr
);
8714 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
8715 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8721 print_die (comp_unit_die (), stderr
);
8722 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
8723 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
8726 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
8727 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
8728 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
8731 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
8733 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
8734 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
8736 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
8740 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8743 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
8745 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
8747 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
8751 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8752 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8754 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8757 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8761 tem
= (loc
->dtprel
<< 8) | ((unsigned int) loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
8763 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
8764 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
8767 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8770 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8772 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8775 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
8777 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8778 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8779 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
8782 switch (AT_class (at
))
8784 case dw_val_class_const
:
8785 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
8787 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8788 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8790 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8791 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
8793 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8794 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
8796 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8797 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
8799 case dw_val_class_str
:
8800 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
8803 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8805 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
8806 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
8809 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8810 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
8813 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8814 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8815 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
8818 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8819 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
8822 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8823 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
8824 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8825 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8826 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8829 case dw_val_class_file
:
8830 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
8833 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8834 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
8842 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8845 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8851 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8854 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
8857 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
8859 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
8861 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8862 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
8864 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
));
8868 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8870 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8871 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8872 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8873 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8874 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8875 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8876 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8878 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8881 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8888 byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
8890 more
= !((value
== 0 && (byte
& 0x40) == 0)
8891 || (value
== -1 && (byte
& 0x40) != 0));
8900 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8903 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8907 unsigned char byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
8910 /* More bytes to follow. */
8918 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8919 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8922 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8926 int tag
= die
->die_tag
;
8928 if (tag
!= DW_TAG_namespace
8929 && tag
!= DW_TAG_structure_type
8930 && tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
8933 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
8935 spec
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8939 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8940 checksum_die_context (die
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8942 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8943 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag
);
8945 CHECKSUM_STRING (name
);
8948 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8951 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8953 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8954 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8955 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_plus_uconst
&& loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
)
8957 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8958 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8962 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8965 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
8966 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
8967 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
8968 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
8972 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8975 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag
, dw_attr_ref at
,
8976 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8978 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8981 if (AT_class (at
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
8983 dw_die_ref target_die
= AT_ref (at
);
8985 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8986 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8987 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8988 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8989 is complete or not. */
8990 if ((at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_type
8991 && (tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
8992 || tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
8993 || tag
== DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
8994 || tag
== DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
))
8995 || (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_friend
8996 && tag
== DW_TAG_friend
))
8998 dw_attr_ref name_attr
= get_AT (target_die
, DW_AT_name
);
9000 if (name_attr
!= NULL
)
9002 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9006 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
9007 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
9008 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
9009 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
9010 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
9011 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
9016 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
9017 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
9018 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
9019 if (target_die
->die_mark
> 0)
9021 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
9022 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
9023 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die
->die_mark
);
9027 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9031 target_die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
9032 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
9033 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
9034 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
9035 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
9036 die_checksum_ordered (target_die
, ctx
, mark
);
9041 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
9042 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
9044 switch (AT_class (at
))
9046 case dw_val_class_const
:
9047 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
9048 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
9051 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9052 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
9053 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
9056 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
9057 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
9058 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
));
9059 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
9062 case dw_val_class_vec
:
9063 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
9064 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
));
9065 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
9068 case dw_val_class_flag
:
9069 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag
);
9070 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
? 1 : 0);
9073 case dw_val_class_str
:
9074 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
9075 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
9078 case dw_val_class_addr
:
9080 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
9081 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
9082 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
9085 case dw_val_class_offset
:
9086 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
9087 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
9090 case dw_val_class_loc
:
9091 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
9092 loc_checksum_ordered (loc
, ctx
);
9095 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
9096 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
9097 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
9098 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
9101 case dw_val_class_file
:
9102 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
9103 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
9106 case dw_val_class_data8
:
9107 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
9115 struct checksum_attributes
9117 dw_attr_ref at_name
;
9118 dw_attr_ref at_type
;
9119 dw_attr_ref at_friend
;
9120 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility
;
9121 dw_attr_ref at_address_class
;
9122 dw_attr_ref at_allocated
;
9123 dw_attr_ref at_artificial
;
9124 dw_attr_ref at_associated
;
9125 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale
;
9126 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset
;
9127 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size
;
9128 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride
;
9129 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size
;
9130 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride
;
9131 dw_attr_ref at_const_value
;
9132 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type
;
9133 dw_attr_ref at_count
;
9134 dw_attr_ref at_data_location
;
9135 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location
;
9136 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale
;
9137 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign
;
9138 dw_attr_ref at_default_value
;
9139 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count
;
9140 dw_attr_ref at_discr
;
9141 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list
;
9142 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value
;
9143 dw_attr_ref at_encoding
;
9144 dw_attr_ref at_endianity
;
9145 dw_attr_ref at_explicit
;
9146 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional
;
9147 dw_attr_ref at_location
;
9148 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound
;
9149 dw_attr_ref at_mutable
;
9150 dw_attr_ref at_ordering
;
9151 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string
;
9152 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped
;
9153 dw_attr_ref at_small
;
9154 dw_attr_ref at_segment
;
9155 dw_attr_ref at_string_length
;
9156 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled
;
9157 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound
;
9158 dw_attr_ref at_use_location
;
9159 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8
;
9160 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter
;
9161 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality
;
9162 dw_attr_ref at_visibility
;
9163 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location
;
9166 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
9169 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*attrs
, dw_die_ref die
)
9174 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9185 attrs
->at_friend
= a
;
9187 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
9188 attrs
->at_accessibility
= a
;
9190 case DW_AT_address_class
:
9191 attrs
->at_address_class
= a
;
9193 case DW_AT_allocated
:
9194 attrs
->at_allocated
= a
;
9196 case DW_AT_artificial
:
9197 attrs
->at_artificial
= a
;
9199 case DW_AT_associated
:
9200 attrs
->at_associated
= a
;
9202 case DW_AT_binary_scale
:
9203 attrs
->at_binary_scale
= a
;
9205 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
9206 attrs
->at_bit_offset
= a
;
9208 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
9209 attrs
->at_bit_size
= a
;
9211 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
9212 attrs
->at_bit_stride
= a
;
9214 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
9215 attrs
->at_byte_size
= a
;
9217 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
9218 attrs
->at_byte_stride
= a
;
9220 case DW_AT_const_value
:
9221 attrs
->at_const_value
= a
;
9223 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
9224 attrs
->at_containing_type
= a
;
9227 attrs
->at_count
= a
;
9229 case DW_AT_data_location
:
9230 attrs
->at_data_location
= a
;
9232 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
9233 attrs
->at_data_member_location
= a
;
9235 case DW_AT_decimal_scale
:
9236 attrs
->at_decimal_scale
= a
;
9238 case DW_AT_decimal_sign
:
9239 attrs
->at_decimal_sign
= a
;
9241 case DW_AT_default_value
:
9242 attrs
->at_default_value
= a
;
9244 case DW_AT_digit_count
:
9245 attrs
->at_digit_count
= a
;
9248 attrs
->at_discr
= a
;
9250 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
9251 attrs
->at_discr_list
= a
;
9253 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
9254 attrs
->at_discr_value
= a
;
9256 case DW_AT_encoding
:
9257 attrs
->at_encoding
= a
;
9259 case DW_AT_endianity
:
9260 attrs
->at_endianity
= a
;
9262 case DW_AT_explicit
:
9263 attrs
->at_explicit
= a
;
9265 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
9266 attrs
->at_is_optional
= a
;
9268 case DW_AT_location
:
9269 attrs
->at_location
= a
;
9271 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
9272 attrs
->at_lower_bound
= a
;
9275 attrs
->at_mutable
= a
;
9277 case DW_AT_ordering
:
9278 attrs
->at_ordering
= a
;
9280 case DW_AT_picture_string
:
9281 attrs
->at_picture_string
= a
;
9283 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
9284 attrs
->at_prototyped
= a
;
9287 attrs
->at_small
= a
;
9290 attrs
->at_segment
= a
;
9292 case DW_AT_string_length
:
9293 attrs
->at_string_length
= a
;
9295 case DW_AT_threads_scaled
:
9296 attrs
->at_threads_scaled
= a
;
9298 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
9299 attrs
->at_upper_bound
= a
;
9301 case DW_AT_use_location
:
9302 attrs
->at_use_location
= a
;
9304 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
9305 attrs
->at_use_UTF8
= a
;
9307 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
9308 attrs
->at_variable_parameter
= a
;
9310 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
9311 attrs
->at_virtuality
= a
;
9313 case DW_AT_visibility
:
9314 attrs
->at_visibility
= a
;
9316 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
9317 attrs
->at_vtable_elem_location
= a
;
9325 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
9328 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
9332 struct checksum_attributes attrs
;
9334 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
9335 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die
->die_tag
);
9337 memset (&attrs
, 0, sizeof (attrs
));
9339 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9341 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, decl
);
9342 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, die
);
9344 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_name
);
9345 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_accessibility
);
9346 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_address_class
);
9347 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_allocated
);
9348 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_artificial
);
9349 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_associated
);
9350 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_binary_scale
);
9351 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_offset
);
9352 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_size
);
9353 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_stride
);
9354 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_size
);
9355 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_stride
);
9356 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_const_value
);
9357 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_containing_type
);
9358 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_count
);
9359 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_location
);
9360 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_member_location
);
9361 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_scale
);
9362 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_sign
);
9363 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_default_value
);
9364 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_digit_count
);
9365 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr
);
9366 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_list
);
9367 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_value
);
9368 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_encoding
);
9369 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_endianity
);
9370 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_explicit
);
9371 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_is_optional
);
9372 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_location
);
9373 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_lower_bound
);
9374 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_mutable
);
9375 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_ordering
);
9376 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_picture_string
);
9377 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_prototyped
);
9378 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_small
);
9379 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_segment
);
9380 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_string_length
);
9381 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_threads_scaled
);
9382 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_upper_bound
);
9383 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_location
);
9384 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_UTF8
);
9385 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_variable_parameter
);
9386 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_virtuality
);
9387 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_visibility
);
9388 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_vtable_elem_location
);
9389 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_type
);
9390 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_friend
);
9392 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
9395 dw_attr_ref name_attr
;
9398 name_attr
= get_AT (c
, DW_AT_name
);
9399 if ((is_type_die (c
) || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
9400 && name_attr
!= NULL
)
9402 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
9403 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c
->die_tag
);
9404 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
9408 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
9409 if (c
->die_mark
== 0)
9411 die_checksum_ordered (c
, ctx
, mark
);
9413 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
9415 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
9419 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
9420 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
9421 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
9422 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
9424 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
9425 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
9426 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
9427 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
9428 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
9429 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
9430 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
9433 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die
, comdat_type_node
*type_node
)
9437 unsigned char checksum
[16];
9441 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
9442 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9444 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
9445 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
9446 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
9448 if (is_cxx() && name
!= NULL
)
9450 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
9452 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
9453 if (decl
!= NULL
&& decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
9454 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, &ctx
);
9456 md5_process_bytes (&die
->die_tag
, sizeof (die
->die_tag
), &ctx
);
9457 md5_process_bytes (name
, strlen (name
) + 1, &ctx
);
9458 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
9460 add_AT_data8 (type_node
->root_die
, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
, &checksum
[8]);
9463 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
9465 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
9467 die
->die_mark
= mark
;
9469 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
9470 if (decl
!= NULL
&& decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
9471 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, &ctx
);
9473 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
9474 die_checksum_ordered (die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
9475 unmark_all_dies (die
);
9476 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
9478 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
9479 type node together. */
9480 memcpy (type_node
->signature
, &checksum
[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
],
9481 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
);
9482 die
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
9483 type_node
->type_die
= die
;
9485 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
9488 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
9491 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
9493 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
9495 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
9496 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
9497 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
9500 /* Do the values look the same? */
9502 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*v1
, const dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
9504 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
9507 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
9510 switch (v1
->val_class
)
9512 case dw_val_class_const
:
9513 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
9514 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9515 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
9516 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
9517 return v1
->v
.val_double
.high
== v2
->v
.val_double
.high
9518 && v1
->v
.val_double
.low
== v2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
9519 case dw_val_class_vec
:
9520 if (v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.length
9521 || v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
9523 if (memcmp (v1
->v
.val_vec
.array
, v2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
9524 v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
* v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
9527 case dw_val_class_flag
:
9528 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
9529 case dw_val_class_str
:
9530 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
9532 case dw_val_class_addr
:
9533 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
9534 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
9535 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
9537 return !rtx_equal_p (r1
, r2
);
9539 case dw_val_class_offset
:
9540 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
9542 case dw_val_class_loc
:
9543 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
9545 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
9546 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
9548 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
9550 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
9551 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
9553 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
9554 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
9555 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
9556 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
9557 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
9560 case dw_val_class_file
:
9561 return v1
->v
.val_file
== v2
->v
.val_file
;
9563 case dw_val_class_data8
:
9564 return !memcmp (v1
->v
.val_data8
, v2
->v
.val_data8
, 8);
9571 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
9574 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
9576 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
9579 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
9580 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
9581 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
9584 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
9587 /* Do the dies look the same? */
9590 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
9596 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
9598 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
9599 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
9601 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
9604 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
)
9605 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
))
9608 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
, ix
, a1
)
9609 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
, ix
), mark
))
9612 c1
= die1
->die_child
;
9613 c2
= die2
->die_child
;
9622 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
9626 if (c1
== die1
->die_child
)
9628 if (c2
== die2
->die_child
)
9638 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
9641 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
9644 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
9646 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
9647 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
9652 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
9654 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
9656 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
9657 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
9659 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
9660 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
9663 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
9665 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
9666 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
9667 char *name
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base
) + 64);
9670 unsigned char checksum
[16];
9673 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
9674 the name filename of the unit. */
9676 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
9678 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
9679 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
9680 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
9682 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
9683 clean_symbol_name (name
);
9685 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
9686 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
9688 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
9692 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
9693 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
9696 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
9699 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9701 switch (die
->die_tag
)
9703 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
9704 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
9705 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
9706 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
9707 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
9708 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
9709 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
9710 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
9711 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
9712 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
9713 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
9714 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
9715 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
9716 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
9717 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
9718 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
9719 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
9720 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
9721 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
9722 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
9729 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
9730 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
9731 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
9732 compilations (functions). */
9735 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9737 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
9738 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
9739 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
9740 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
9742 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
9745 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
9746 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
9747 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
9748 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
9749 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
9751 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
9753 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
9756 return is_type_die (c
);
9759 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9760 compilation unit. */
9763 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9765 return (is_type_die (c
)
9766 || is_declaration_die (c
)
9767 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
9768 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
);
9771 /* Returns true iff C is a compile-unit DIE. */
9774 is_cu_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9776 return c
&& c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_compile_unit
;
9780 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
9784 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
9785 return xstrdup (buf
);
9788 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9791 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
9795 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
9797 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
9799 char *p
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
9801 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
9802 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
9803 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
9806 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9809 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, assign_symbol_names (c
));
9812 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9815 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
9816 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
9819 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9821 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
9823 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry
=
9824 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of
;
9826 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9830 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
9832 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry1
=
9833 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of1
;
9834 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
9836 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
, entry2
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9840 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
9842 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
,
9843 *entry
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) what
;
9853 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9856 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
9858 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
9859 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
9861 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
9863 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
9864 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
9868 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
9870 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
9876 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
9880 entry
= XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry
);
9882 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
9883 entry
->next
= *slot
;
9889 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9891 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
9893 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
9895 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
9896 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
9900 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
9903 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9904 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9905 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9908 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
9911 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
9912 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
9913 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
9917 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
9919 while (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9920 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
9922 dw_die_ref next
= c
->die_sib
;
9924 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9925 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
9927 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
9928 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
9929 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
9930 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
9932 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
9934 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
9937 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
9940 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9941 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9945 assign_symbol_names (die
);
9946 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
9947 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
9953 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
9954 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
9955 &comdat_symbol_number
);
9956 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
9958 *pnode
= node
->next
;
9961 pnode
= &node
->next
;
9962 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
9963 comdat_symbol_number
);
9966 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
9969 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9972 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9977 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9978 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_declaration
)
9984 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is nested inside a subprogram. */
9987 is_nested_in_subprogram (dw_die_ref die
)
9989 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9993 return local_scope_p (decl
);
9996 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9997 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
10000 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die
)
10002 switch (die
->die_tag
)
10004 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
10005 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
10006 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
10007 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
10008 /* Don't move declarations, inlined instances, or types nested in a
10010 if (is_declaration_die (die
)
10011 || get_AT (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
10012 || is_nested_in_subprogram (die
))
10015 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
10016 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
10017 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
10018 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
10019 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
10020 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
10021 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
10022 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
10023 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
10024 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
10025 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
10026 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
10027 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
10028 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
10029 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
10030 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
10036 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
10039 clone_die (dw_die_ref die
)
10045 clone
= ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
10046 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
10048 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10049 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
10054 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
10057 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die
)
10060 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (die
);
10062 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_child_die (clone
, clone_tree(c
)));
10067 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
10070 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die
)
10077 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
10078 if (is_declaration_die (die
))
10079 return clone_die (die
);
10081 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
10082 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
10084 return clone_die (decl
);
10086 clone
= ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
10087 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
10089 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10091 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
10092 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
10093 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
10095 switch (a
->dw_attr
)
10097 case DW_AT_artificial
:
10098 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
10099 case DW_AT_external
:
10102 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
10103 case DW_AT_linkage_name
:
10104 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
10105 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
10107 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
10113 if (die
->die_id
.die_type_node
)
10114 add_AT_die_ref (clone
, DW_AT_signature
, die
);
10116 add_AT_flag (clone
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10120 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
10121 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
10122 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
10123 attached to the specification. */
10126 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
)
10129 dw_die_ref new_decl
;
10131 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
10140 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
10141 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
10142 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= die
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
10144 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
10146 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, decl
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10148 if (a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_name
10149 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_declaration
10150 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_external
)
10151 add_dwarf_attr (die
, a
);
10154 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl
, c
, add_child_die (die
, clone_tree(c
)));
10157 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
10158 && decl
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
10159 && decl
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
10161 new_decl
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, decl
, NULL
);
10162 if (new_decl
!= NULL
)
10164 remove_AT (new_decl
, DW_AT_signature
);
10165 add_AT_specification (die
, new_decl
);
10170 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
10171 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
10174 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*node
)
10176 if (node
->new_die
!= NULL
)
10179 node
->new_die
= clone_as_declaration (node
->old_die
);
10181 if (node
->parent
!= NULL
)
10183 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node
->parent
);
10184 add_child_die (node
->parent
->new_die
, node
->new_die
);
10188 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
10189 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
10190 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
10193 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*parent
)
10195 skeleton_chain_node node
;
10198 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
10199 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
10201 node
.parent
= parent
;
10203 first
= c
= parent
->old_die
->die_child
;
10207 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
10210 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
10212 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
10213 if (is_declaration_die (c
))
10215 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
10216 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
10217 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
10218 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (c
);
10219 move_all_children (c
, clone
);
10221 replace_child (c
, clone
, prev
);
10222 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent
);
10223 add_child_die (parent
->new_die
, c
);
10227 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
10228 } while (next
!= NULL
);
10231 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
10234 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die
)
10236 skeleton_chain_node node
;
10238 node
.old_die
= die
;
10239 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
10240 node
.parent
= NULL
;
10242 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
10243 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
10244 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
&& is_type_die (die
->die_parent
))
10245 node
.new_die
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
10247 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
10248 return node
.new_die
;
10251 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
10252 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
10253 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
10254 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
10255 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
10256 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
10259 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
10261 dw_die_ref skeleton
;
10263 skeleton
= generate_skeleton (child
);
10264 if (skeleton
== NULL
)
10265 remove_child_with_prev (child
, prev
);
10268 skeleton
->die_id
.die_type_node
= child
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
10269 replace_child (child
, skeleton
, prev
);
10275 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
10276 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
10279 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die
)
10283 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
10284 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
10285 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
10287 first
= c
= die
->die_child
;
10291 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
10294 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
10295 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c
))
10297 dw_die_ref replacement
;
10298 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
;
10300 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
10301 add it to the list of comdat types. */
10302 unit
= new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
10303 add_AT_unsigned (unit
, DW_AT_language
,
10304 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
));
10305 type_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared_comdat_type_node ();
10306 type_node
->root_die
= unit
;
10307 type_node
->next
= comdat_type_list
;
10308 comdat_type_list
= type_node
;
10310 /* Generate the type signature. */
10311 generate_type_signature (c
, type_node
);
10313 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
10314 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
10315 copy_declaration_context (unit
, c
);
10317 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
10318 replacement
= remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c
, prev
);
10320 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
10321 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
10323 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
10324 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
10326 if (replacement
!= NULL
)
10329 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
10330 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
10331 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
10332 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
)
10334 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
10335 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
10337 } while (next
!= NULL
);
10340 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
10342 struct decl_table_entry
10348 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
10351 htab_decl_hash (const void *of
)
10353 const struct decl_table_entry
*const entry
=
10354 (const struct decl_table_entry
*) of
;
10356 return htab_hash_pointer (entry
->orig
);
10360 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
10362 const struct decl_table_entry
*const entry1
=
10363 (const struct decl_table_entry
*) of1
;
10364 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
10366 return entry1
->orig
== entry2
;
10370 htab_decl_del (void *what
)
10372 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) what
;
10377 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
10378 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
10379 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
10380 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
10383 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, htab_t decl_table
)
10385 dw_die_ref parent
= die
->die_parent
;
10386 dw_die_ref new_parent
= unit
;
10388 void **slot
= NULL
;
10389 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= NULL
;
10393 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
10394 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table
, die
,
10395 htab_hash_pointer (die
), INSERT
);
10396 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
10398 entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) *slot
;
10399 return entry
->copy
;
10402 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
10403 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
10405 entry
->copy
= NULL
;
10409 if (parent
!= NULL
)
10411 dw_die_ref spec
= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
);
10414 if (parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
10415 && parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
10416 new_parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
10419 copy
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
10420 add_child_die (new_parent
, copy
);
10422 if (decl_table
!= NULL
)
10424 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
10425 entry
->copy
= copy
;
10431 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
10432 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
10436 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, htab_t decl_table
)
10442 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10444 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
10446 dw_die_ref targ
= AT_ref (a
);
10447 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
= targ
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
10449 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
;
10451 if (targ
->die_mark
!= 0 || type_node
!= NULL
)
10454 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table
, targ
,
10455 htab_hash_pointer (targ
), INSERT
);
10457 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
10459 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
10460 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
10461 entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) *slot
;
10462 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= entry
->copy
;
10466 dw_die_ref parent
= unit
;
10467 dw_die_ref copy
= clone_tree (targ
);
10469 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
10473 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
10474 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
10475 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
10476 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
10477 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
10478 entry
->orig
= targ
;
10479 entry
->copy
= copy
;
10482 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
10483 into the new type unit. */
10484 if (targ
->die_parent
!= NULL
10485 && targ
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
10486 && targ
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
10487 parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, targ
->die_parent
,
10490 add_child_die (parent
, copy
);
10491 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= copy
;
10493 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
10494 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
10495 get visited otherwise. */
10496 if (parent
!= unit
)
10498 /* Find the highest point of the newly-added tree,
10499 mark each node along the way, and walk from there. */
10500 parent
->die_mark
= 1;
10501 while (parent
->die_parent
10502 && parent
->die_parent
->die_mark
== 0)
10504 parent
= parent
->die_parent
;
10505 parent
->die_mark
= 1;
10507 copy_decls_walk (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
10513 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, copy_decls_walk (unit
, c
, decl_table
));
10516 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
10517 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
10518 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
10519 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
10520 don't have an external reference. */
10523 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit
)
10528 decl_table
= htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash
, htab_decl_eq
, htab_decl_del
);
10529 copy_decls_walk (unit
, unit
, decl_table
);
10530 htab_delete (decl_table
);
10531 unmark_dies (unit
);
10534 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
10535 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
10536 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
10539 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
10543 if (! die
->die_child
)
10546 if (die
->die_parent
&& die
!= die
->die_parent
->die_child
)
10547 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
10549 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_sibling_attributes (c
));
10552 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
10555 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
10561 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10562 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
10563 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a
));
10565 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_location_lists (c
));
10568 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
10569 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
10570 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
10571 die are visited recursively. */
10574 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
10576 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
10577 unsigned int n_alloc
;
10582 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
10583 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
10584 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10585 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
10586 && AT_ref (a
)->die_mark
== 0)
10588 gcc_assert (use_debug_types
|| AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
10589 set_AT_ref_external (a
, 1);
10592 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
10594 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
10595 dw_attr_ref die_a
, abbrev_a
;
10599 if (abbrev
->die_tag
!= die
->die_tag
)
10601 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) != (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
10604 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
)
10605 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
))
10608 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, die_a
)
10610 abbrev_a
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
);
10611 if ((abbrev_a
->dw_attr
!= die_a
->dw_attr
)
10612 || (value_format (abbrev_a
) != value_format (die_a
)))
10622 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
10624 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
10626 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
10627 abbrev_die_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, abbrev_die_table
,
10630 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
10631 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
10632 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
10635 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
10636 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
10639 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
10640 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, build_abbrev_table (c
));
10643 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
10646 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
)
10653 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
10656 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
10661 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
10662 .debug_info section. */
10664 static unsigned long
10665 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
10667 unsigned long size
= 0;
10671 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
10672 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10674 switch (AT_class (a
))
10676 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10677 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10679 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10680 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10682 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10684 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
10686 /* Block length. */
10687 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10688 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (lsize
);
10690 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
10694 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10695 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10697 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10698 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10700 case dw_val_class_const
:
10701 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
10703 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10704 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
10706 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10707 size
+= 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
10708 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
10709 size
++; /* block */
10711 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10712 size
+= constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
10713 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
10714 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
10715 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
; /* block */
10717 case dw_val_class_flag
:
10718 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10719 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10720 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10721 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10722 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10723 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10724 the same abbrev entry. */
10725 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
10729 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10730 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10732 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_ref_sig8; for earlier versions
10733 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
10734 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
10735 it's always sized as an offset. */
10736 if (use_debug_types
)
10737 size
+= DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
;
10738 else if (dwarf_version
== 2)
10739 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10741 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10744 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10746 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10747 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10749 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10750 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10752 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10753 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10754 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10756 case dw_val_class_str
:
10757 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
10758 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10760 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
10762 case dw_val_class_file
:
10763 size
+= constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
));
10765 case dw_val_class_data8
:
10768 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
10769 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10772 gcc_unreachable ();
10779 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
10780 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
10781 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
10782 die_offset field in each DIE. */
10785 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
10789 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
10790 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
10792 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, calc_die_sizes (c
));
10794 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10795 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10796 next_die_offset
+= 1;
10799 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10800 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10801 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10802 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10805 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10809 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
10812 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, mark_dies (c
));
10815 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10818 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10822 if (! use_debug_types
)
10823 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
10826 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_dies (c
));
10829 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10832 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10838 if (!die
->die_mark
)
10842 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_all_dies (c
));
10844 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10845 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
10846 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
10849 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10850 generated for the compilation unit. */
10852 static unsigned long
10853 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
10855 unsigned long size
;
10859 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
10860 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, p
)
10861 if (names
!= pubtype_table
10862 || p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
10863 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
10864 size
+= strlen (p
->name
) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
10866 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10870 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10872 static unsigned long
10873 size_of_aranges (void)
10875 unsigned long size
;
10877 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
10879 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10880 if (text_section_used
)
10881 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10882 if (cold_text_section_used
)
10883 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10884 if (have_multiple_function_sections
)
10886 unsigned fde_idx
= 0;
10888 for (fde_idx
= 0; fde_idx
< fde_table_in_use
; fde_idx
++)
10890 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_idx
];
10892 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
10893 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10894 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& !fde
->second_in_std_section
)
10895 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10899 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10900 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10904 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10906 static enum dwarf_form
10907 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
10909 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
10911 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10912 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10913 switch (a
->dw_attr
)
10916 case DW_AT_high_pc
:
10917 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
10918 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
10919 return DW_FORM_addr
;
10923 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
10926 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10928 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10930 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10932 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10934 gcc_unreachable ();
10936 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10937 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10938 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10939 return DW_FORM_sec_offset
;
10941 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
10942 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10943 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
10946 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10948 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10950 gcc_unreachable ();
10952 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10953 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10954 return DW_FORM_exprloc
;
10955 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
10958 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10960 return DW_FORM_block2
;
10962 gcc_unreachable ();
10964 case dw_val_class_const
:
10965 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
10966 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10967 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
10970 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10972 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10974 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10976 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10978 gcc_unreachable ();
10980 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10981 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
10984 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10986 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10988 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10991 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10993 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10994 switch (constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
10995 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
10998 return DW_FORM_block1
;
11000 return DW_FORM_block2
;
11002 return DW_FORM_block4
;
11004 gcc_unreachable ();
11006 case dw_val_class_flag
:
11007 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
11009 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
11010 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
11011 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
11012 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
11013 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
11014 the same abbrev entry. */
11015 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
11016 return DW_FORM_flag_present
;
11018 return DW_FORM_flag
;
11019 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
11020 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
11021 return use_debug_types
? DW_FORM_ref_sig8
: DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
11023 return DW_FORM_ref
;
11024 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
11025 return DW_FORM_data
;
11026 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
11027 return DW_FORM_addr
;
11028 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
11029 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
11030 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset
: DW_FORM_data
;
11031 case dw_val_class_str
:
11032 return AT_string_form (a
);
11033 case dw_val_class_file
:
11034 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
)))
11037 return DW_FORM_data1
;
11039 return DW_FORM_data2
;
11041 return DW_FORM_data4
;
11043 gcc_unreachable ();
11046 case dw_val_class_data8
:
11047 return DW_FORM_data8
;
11050 gcc_unreachable ();
11054 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
11057 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
11059 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
11061 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
11064 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
11068 output_abbrev_section (void)
11070 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
11072 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
== 1)
11075 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
11077 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
11079 dw_attr_ref a_attr
;
11081 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
11082 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
11083 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
11085 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
11086 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
11088 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
11090 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
, a_attr
);
11093 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
11094 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
11095 output_value_format (a_attr
);
11098 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
11099 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
11102 /* Terminate the table. */
11103 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
11106 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
11109 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
11111 char *sym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
11116 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
11117 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
11118 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
11120 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, sym
);
11122 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
11125 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
11128 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
11129 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
11130 const char *section
)
11132 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_loc_list_node ();
11134 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
11135 retlist
->end
= end
;
11136 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
11137 retlist
->section
= section
;
11142 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
11143 hasn't got one yet. */
11146 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
11148 gcc_assert (!list
->ll_symbol
);
11149 list
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
11152 /* Output the location list given to us. */
11155 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
11157 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
11159 if (list_head
->emitted
)
11161 list_head
->emitted
= true;
11163 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11165 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
11166 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
11168 unsigned long size
;
11169 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
11170 if (strcmp (curr
->begin
, curr
->end
) == 0)
11172 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11174 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
11175 "Location list begin address (%s)",
11176 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11177 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
11178 "Location list end address (%s)",
11179 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11183 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
11184 "Location list begin address (%s)",
11185 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11186 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
11187 "Location list end address (%s)",
11188 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11190 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
11192 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
11193 gcc_assert (size
<= 0xffff);
11194 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
11196 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
, -1);
11199 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
11200 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
11201 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11202 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
11203 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
11204 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
11207 /* Output a type signature. */
11210 output_signature (const char *sig
, const char *name
)
11214 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
11215 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig
[i
], i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
11218 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
11219 the definitions of each child DIE. */
11222 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
11226 unsigned long size
;
11229 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
11230 them to point to. */
11231 if (! use_debug_types
&& die
->die_id
.die_symbol
)
11232 output_die_symbol (die
);
11234 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
11235 (unsigned long)die
->die_offset
,
11236 dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
11238 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
11240 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
11242 switch (AT_class (a
))
11244 case dw_val_class_addr
:
11245 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
11248 case dw_val_class_offset
:
11249 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
11253 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
11255 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
11257 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
11258 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
11259 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
11260 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
11265 case dw_val_class_loc
:
11266 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
11268 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
11269 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
11270 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "%s", name
);
11272 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
11274 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
), -1);
11277 case dw_val_class_const
:
11278 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
11279 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
11280 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
11281 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
11284 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
11285 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
11286 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
11289 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
11291 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
11293 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
11294 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
11295 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
11296 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
11299 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
11301 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
11302 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
11306 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
11307 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
11310 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
11312 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
11317 case dw_val_class_vec
:
11319 unsigned int elt_size
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
11320 unsigned int len
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
;
11324 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len
* elt_size
),
11325 len
* elt_size
, "%s", name
);
11326 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
11331 for (i
= 0, p
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
;
11333 i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
11334 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
11335 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
11339 case dw_val_class_flag
:
11340 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
11342 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
11343 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
11344 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
11345 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
11346 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
11347 the same abbrev entry. */
11348 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a
) == 1);
11349 if (flag_debug_asm
)
11350 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
11351 ASM_COMMENT_START
, name
);
11354 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
11357 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
11359 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
11362 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
11367 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
11368 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
11370 if (use_debug_types
)
11372 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
=
11373 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
;
11375 gcc_assert (type_node
);
11376 output_signature (type_node
->signature
, name
);
11380 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
;
11384 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
11385 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
11387 if (dwarf_version
== 2)
11388 size
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
11390 size
= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
11391 dw2_asm_output_offset (size
, sym
, debug_info_section
, "%s",
11397 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
11398 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
11403 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
11407 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
11408 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
11409 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, debug_frame_section
,
11414 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
11415 dw2_asm_output_vms_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
11416 AT_vms_delta2 (a
), AT_vms_delta1 (a
),
11420 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
11421 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
11424 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
11425 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
11426 debug_line_section
, "%s", name
);
11429 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
11430 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
11431 debug_macinfo_section
, "%s", name
);
11434 case dw_val_class_str
:
11435 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
11436 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
11437 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
11439 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
11441 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
11444 case dw_val_class_file
:
11446 int f
= maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
);
11448 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f
), f
, "%s (%s)", name
,
11449 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
);
11453 case dw_val_class_data8
:
11457 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
11458 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
],
11459 i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
11464 gcc_unreachable ();
11468 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_die (c
));
11470 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
11471 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
11472 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx",
11473 (unsigned long) die
->die_offset
);
11476 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
11477 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
11480 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
11482 int ver
= dwarf_version
;
11484 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11485 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11486 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11487 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
11488 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
11489 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
11490 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF version number");
11491 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
11492 debug_abbrev_section
,
11493 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
11494 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11497 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
11500 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
11502 const char *secname
;
11503 char *oldsym
, *tmp
;
11505 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
11506 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
11509 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
11510 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
11511 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
11512 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
11513 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11516 build_abbrev_table (die
);
11518 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11519 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
11520 calc_die_sizes (die
);
11522 oldsym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
11525 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
11527 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
11529 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= NULL
;
11530 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
11534 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
11535 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
11536 info_section_emitted
= true;
11539 /* Output debugging information. */
11540 output_compilation_unit_header ();
11543 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
11544 output_pubnames. */
11548 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= oldsym
;
11552 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
11555 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*node
)
11557 const char *secname
;
11560 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11564 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11565 mark_dies (node
->root_die
);
11567 build_abbrev_table (node
->root_die
);
11569 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11570 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
11571 calc_die_sizes (node
->root_die
);
11573 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11574 secname
= ".debug_types";
11575 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
11576 sprintf (tmp
, "wt.");
11577 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
11578 sprintf (tmp
+ 3 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
11579 comdat_key
= get_identifier (tmp
);
11580 targetm
.asm_out
.named_section (secname
,
11581 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_LINKONCE
,
11584 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
11585 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
11586 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
11587 sprintf (tmp
+ 17 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
11589 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
11592 /* Output debugging information. */
11593 output_compilation_unit_header ();
11594 output_signature (node
->signature
, "Type Signature");
11595 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, node
->type_die
->die_offset
,
11596 "Offset to Type DIE");
11597 output_die (node
->root_die
);
11599 unmark_dies (node
->root_die
);
11602 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
11604 static const char *
11605 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
11607 if (DECL_NAMELESS (decl
))
11609 return lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
11612 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
11615 add_pubname_string (const char *str
, dw_die_ref die
)
11617 if (targetm
.want_debug_pub_sections
)
11622 e
.name
= xstrdup (str
);
11623 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubname_table
, &e
);
11628 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
11630 if (targetm
.want_debug_pub_sections
&& TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11632 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
11634 add_pubname_string (name
, die
);
11638 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
11641 add_pubtype (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
11645 if (!targetm
.want_debug_pub_sections
)
11649 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
11650 || is_cu_die (die
->die_parent
))
11651 && (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
|| COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl
)))
11656 if (TYPE_NAME (decl
))
11658 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
11659 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl
));
11660 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == TYPE_DECL
11661 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)))
11662 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)));
11664 e
.name
= xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
));
11669 e
.name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
11671 e
.name
= xstrdup (e
.name
);
11674 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
11675 it to the table. */
11676 if (e
.name
&& e
.name
[0] != '\0')
11677 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubtype_table
, &e
);
11681 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
11682 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
11685 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
11688 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames (names
);
11691 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11692 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11693 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11694 if (names
== pubname_table
)
11695 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
11696 "Length of Public Names Info");
11698 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
11699 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
11700 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
11701 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
11702 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
11703 debug_info_section
,
11704 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11705 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
11706 "Compilation Unit Length");
11708 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, pub
)
11710 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11711 if (names
== pubname_table
)
11712 gcc_assert (pub
->die
->die_mark
);
11714 if (names
!= pubtype_table
11715 || pub
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
11716 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
11718 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
11721 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
11725 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11728 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
11729 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
11730 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
11733 output_aranges (unsigned long aranges_length
)
11737 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11738 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11739 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11740 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
11741 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
11742 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
11743 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
11744 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
11745 debug_info_section
,
11746 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11747 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
11748 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
11750 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
11751 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
11753 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
11755 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
11756 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11757 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
11758 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
11761 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
11762 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
11763 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
11764 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
11765 confused with the terminator. */
11766 if (text_section_used
)
11768 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
11769 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
11770 text_section_label
, "Length");
11772 if (cold_text_section_used
)
11774 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_text_section_label
,
11776 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_end_label
,
11777 cold_text_section_label
, "Length");
11780 if (have_multiple_function_sections
)
11782 unsigned fde_idx
= 0;
11784 for (fde_idx
= 0; fde_idx
< fde_table_in_use
; fde_idx
++)
11786 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_idx
];
11788 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
11790 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
11792 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_end
,
11793 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, "Length");
11795 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& !fde
->second_in_std_section
)
11797 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
11799 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_second_end
,
11800 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
, "Length");
11805 /* Output the terminator words. */
11806 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11807 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11810 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
11813 static unsigned int
11814 add_ranges_num (int num
)
11816 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
11818 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
11820 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11821 ranges_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct
, ranges_table
,
11822 ranges_table_allocated
);
11823 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
11824 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
11827 ranges_table
[in_use
].num
= num
;
11828 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
11830 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
11833 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11834 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11836 static unsigned int
11837 add_ranges (const_tree block
)
11839 return add_ranges_num (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
11842 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11846 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
11849 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_by_label_in_use
;
11850 unsigned int offset
;
11852 if (in_use
== ranges_by_label_allocated
)
11854 ranges_by_label_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11855 ranges_by_label
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
,
11857 ranges_by_label_allocated
);
11858 memset (ranges_by_label
+ ranges_by_label_in_use
, 0,
11859 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11860 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
));
11863 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].begin
= begin
;
11864 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].end
= end
;
11865 ranges_by_label_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
11867 offset
= add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use
- 1);
11870 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, offset
);
11876 output_ranges (void)
11879 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset %#x";
11880 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
11882 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
11884 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].num
;
11888 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11889 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11891 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
11892 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
11894 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11895 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11896 base of the text section. */
11897 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11899 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11900 text_section_label
,
11901 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11902 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
11903 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11906 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11907 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11908 about whether the target supports cross-section
11912 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11913 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11914 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
11920 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11921 else if (block_num
< 0)
11923 int lab_idx
= - block_num
- 1;
11925 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11927 gcc_unreachable ();
11929 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11930 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11931 the #if 0 above. */
11932 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11933 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
11934 text_section_label
,
11935 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11936 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11937 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
11938 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11943 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11944 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
11945 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11946 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11947 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
11953 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11954 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11960 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11963 const char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
11964 const char *fname
; /* File name part. */
11965 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
11966 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
11967 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
11970 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11974 const char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
11975 int length
; /* Path length. */
11976 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11977 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11978 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11981 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11982 the directories in the path. */
11985 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
11987 const struct file_info
*const s1
= (const struct file_info
*) p1
;
11988 const struct file_info
*const s2
= (const struct file_info
*) p2
;
11989 const unsigned char *cp1
;
11990 const unsigned char *cp2
;
11992 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11993 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11994 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11995 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11996 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
11997 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
11998 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
12000 cp1
= (const unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
12001 cp2
= (const unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
12007 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
12008 if ((cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
12009 || (cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
12010 return ((cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
12011 - (cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
12013 /* Character of current path component the same? */
12014 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
12015 return *cp1
- *cp2
;
12019 struct file_name_acquire_data
12021 struct file_info
*files
;
12026 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
12029 file_name_acquire (void ** slot
, void *data
)
12031 struct file_name_acquire_data
*fnad
= (struct file_name_acquire_data
*) data
;
12032 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
12033 struct file_info
*fi
;
12036 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
>= d
->emitted_number
);
12038 if (! d
->emitted_number
)
12041 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
!= fnad
->used_files
);
12043 fi
= fnad
->files
+ fnad
->used_files
++;
12045 /* Skip all leading "./". */
12047 while (f
[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f
[1]))
12050 /* Create a new array entry. */
12052 fi
->length
= strlen (f
);
12055 /* Search for the file name part. */
12056 f
= strrchr (f
, DIR_SEPARATOR
);
12057 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
12059 char *g
= strrchr (fi
->path
, DIR_SEPARATOR_2
);
12063 if (f
== NULL
|| f
< g
)
12069 fi
->fname
= f
== NULL
? fi
->path
: f
+ 1;
12073 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
12074 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
12075 slowdowns with many input files. */
12078 output_file_names (void)
12080 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad
;
12082 struct file_info
*files
;
12083 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
12091 if (!last_emitted_file
)
12093 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
12094 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
12098 numfiles
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
;
12100 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
12101 files
= XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info
, numfiles
);
12102 dirs
= XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info
, numfiles
);
12104 fnad
.files
= files
;
12105 fnad
.used_files
= 0;
12106 fnad
.max_files
= numfiles
;
12107 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_name_acquire
, &fnad
);
12108 gcc_assert (fnad
.used_files
== fnad
.max_files
);
12110 qsort (files
, numfiles
, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
12112 /* Find all the different directories used. */
12113 dirs
[0].path
= files
[0].path
;
12114 dirs
[0].length
= files
[0].fname
- files
[0].path
;
12115 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
12117 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
12118 files
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
12121 for (i
= 1; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12122 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
12123 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
12124 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
12126 /* Same directory as last entry. */
12127 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
12128 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
12134 /* This is a new directory. */
12135 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
12136 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
12137 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
12138 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
12139 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
12141 /* Search for a prefix. */
12142 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
12143 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
12144 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
12145 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
12146 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
12147 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
12148 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
12149 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
12154 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
12155 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
12156 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
12157 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
12158 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
12159 results in most cases and never is much off. */
12160 saved
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
12161 savehere
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
12163 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
12164 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
12169 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
12170 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
12171 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
12172 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
12174 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
12177 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
12179 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
12183 k
= dirs
[j
].prefix
;
12184 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
12185 k
= dirs
[k
].prefix
;
12189 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
12190 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
12192 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
12193 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
12198 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
12200 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
12202 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
12203 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
12204 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
12206 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
12207 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
12209 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
12210 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
12215 /* Emit the directory name table. */
12216 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
12217 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
12218 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
,
12220 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
,
12221 "Directory Entry: %#x", i
+ idx_offset
);
12223 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
12225 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
12226 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
12227 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
12228 backmap
= XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles
);
12229 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12230 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
->emitted_number
- 1] = i
;
12232 /* Now write all the file names. */
12233 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12235 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
12236 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
12238 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12239 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
12241 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
12242 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
12247 int maxfilelen
= strlen (files
[file_idx
].path
)
12248 + dirs
[dir_idx
].length
12249 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN
+ 1;
12250 char *filebuf
= XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen
);
12252 vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, 0, 0, &ver
);
12253 snprintf (filebuf
, maxfilelen
, "%s;%d",
12254 files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, ver
);
12256 dw2_asm_output_nstring
12257 (filebuf
, -1, "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
12259 /* Include directory index. */
12260 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
12262 /* Modification time. */
12263 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
12264 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, &cdt
, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
12268 /* File length in bytes. */
12269 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
12270 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, &siz
, 0, 0) == 0)
12274 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
12275 "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
12277 /* Include directory index. */
12278 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
12280 /* Modification time. */
12281 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
12283 /* File length in bytes. */
12284 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
12285 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12288 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
12292 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
12293 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
12296 output_line_info (void)
12298 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
12299 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12300 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12302 unsigned n_op_args
;
12303 unsigned long lt_index
;
12304 unsigned long current_line
;
12307 unsigned long current_file
;
12308 unsigned long function
;
12309 int ver
= dwarf_version
;
12311 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
12312 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
12313 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
12314 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
12316 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
12317 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12318 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12319 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
12320 "Length of Source Line Info");
12321 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
12323 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF Version");
12324 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
12325 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
12327 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
12328 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
12329 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
12330 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
12331 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
12332 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
12333 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
12334 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
12335 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
12336 "Minimum Instruction Length");
12339 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
,
12340 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
12341 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
12342 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
12343 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
12344 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
12345 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
12346 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
12347 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
12348 "Special Opcode Base");
12350 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
12354 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
12355 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
12356 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
12357 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
12358 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
12366 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
12370 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
12371 output_file_names ();
12372 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
12374 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
12375 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
12376 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
12378 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
12379 a series of state machine operations. */
12383 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
12384 strcpy (prev_line_label
, crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
);
12386 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
12387 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
12389 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
12392 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
12393 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
12396 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
12397 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
12398 that anything after the last address is this line. */
12399 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
12400 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
12404 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
12406 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
12407 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
12408 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
12409 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
12410 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
12411 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
12413 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
12416 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
12417 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
12418 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12419 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
12423 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
12424 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
12425 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12426 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12427 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12428 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
12431 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
12433 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
12434 different from the previous line. */
12435 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
12437 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
12438 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
12439 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
12442 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
12443 that uses the least amount of space. */
12444 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
12446 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
12447 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
12448 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
12449 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
12450 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
12451 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
12453 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
12454 "line %lu", current_line
);
12457 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
12458 depending on the value being encoded. */
12459 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
12460 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
12461 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
12462 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
12466 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
12467 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
12470 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
12473 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
12474 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12475 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
12479 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12480 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12481 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12482 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
12485 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
12486 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
12487 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
12492 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
12494 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
12495 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
12498 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
12499 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
12500 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
12501 && line_info
->function
== function
)
12505 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
12506 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
12507 to handle it differently. */
12508 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12510 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
12512 function
= line_info
->function
;
12514 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
12515 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12516 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12517 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12518 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
12522 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
12525 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
12526 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12527 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
12531 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12532 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12533 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12534 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
12538 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
12540 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
12541 different from the previous line. */
12542 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
12544 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
12545 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
12546 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
12549 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
12550 that uses the least amount of space. */
12551 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
12553 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
12554 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
12555 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
12556 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
12557 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
12558 "line %lu", current_line
);
12561 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
12562 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
12563 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
12564 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
12568 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
12576 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
12577 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
12578 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
12583 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
12584 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
12587 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
12588 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12589 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
12593 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12594 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12595 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12596 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
12599 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
12600 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
12601 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
12602 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
12606 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
12607 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
12610 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
12611 a DIE that describes the given type.
12613 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
12614 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
12617 base_type_die (tree type
)
12619 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
12620 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
12622 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
12625 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
12626 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
12627 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
&& TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
12628 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12630 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12633 if ((dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
12634 && TYPE_NAME (type
)
12635 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
12636 && DECL_IS_BUILTIN (TYPE_NAME (type
))
12637 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
12639 const char *name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
12640 if (strcmp (name
, "char16_t") == 0
12641 || strcmp (name
, "char32_t") == 0)
12643 encoding
= DW_ATE_UTF
;
12647 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
))
12649 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12650 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
12652 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
12654 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12655 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
12657 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
12661 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
12663 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
12664 encoding
= DW_ATE_decimal_float
;
12666 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12669 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
12672 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12673 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
12674 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12675 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12676 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed
;
12678 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_fixed
;
12681 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
12682 a user defined type for it. */
12684 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
12685 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
12687 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12691 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
12692 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
12696 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
12697 gcc_unreachable ();
12700 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
12702 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12703 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
12704 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
12706 return base_type_result
;
12709 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12710 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12713 is_base_type (tree type
)
12715 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12721 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12729 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12730 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12731 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
12734 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
12742 gcc_unreachable ();
12748 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12749 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12750 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12751 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12752 ERROR_MARK node. */
12754 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12755 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
12757 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
12758 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
12759 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
12761 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
12762 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
12764 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
12767 /* Similarly, but return a double_int instead of UHWI. */
12769 static inline double_int
12770 double_int_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
12772 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
12773 return uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_WORD
);
12774 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
12775 return double_int_zero
;
12776 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type
)) == INTEGER_CST
)
12777 return tree_to_double_int (TYPE_SIZE (type
));
12779 return uhwi_to_double_int (TYPE_ALIGN (type
));
12782 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12783 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12786 subrange_type_die (tree type
, tree low
, tree high
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12788 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
12789 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
12791 if (context_die
== NULL
)
12792 context_die
= comp_unit_die ();
12794 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
12796 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
12798 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12799 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12800 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
12804 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, low
);
12806 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, high
);
12808 return subrange_die
;
12811 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12812 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12815 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
12816 dw_die_ref context_die
)
12818 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
12819 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
;
12820 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
12821 tree item_type
= NULL
;
12822 tree qualified_type
;
12823 tree name
, low
, high
;
12825 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
)
12828 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12831 = get_qualified_type (type
,
12832 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
12833 | (is_volatile_type
? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
12835 if (qualified_type
== sizetype
12836 && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
12837 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
)
12839 tree t
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
));
12841 gcc_checking_assert (TREE_CODE (t
) == INTEGER_TYPE
12842 && TYPE_PRECISION (t
)
12843 == TYPE_PRECISION (qualified_type
)
12844 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (t
)
12845 == TYPE_UNSIGNED (qualified_type
));
12846 qualified_type
= t
;
12849 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12850 if (qualified_type
)
12852 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
12854 return mod_type_die
;
12857 name
= qualified_type
? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
) : NULL
;
12859 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12860 if (name
&& TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
)
12861 && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name
))
12863 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (name
);
12865 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
12867 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12868 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
12869 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
12871 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
12872 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
12873 || (is_const_type
<= TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
12874 && is_volatile_type
<= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
12875 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
) != type
))
12876 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12877 type to which it refers. */
12878 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
),
12879 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
12881 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12885 /* If both is_const_type and is_volatile_type, prefer the path
12886 which leads to a qualified type. */
12887 && (!is_volatile_type
12888 || get_qualified_type (type
, TYPE_QUAL_CONST
) == NULL_TREE
12889 || get_qualified_type (type
, TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
) != NULL_TREE
))
12891 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
12892 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
12894 else if (is_volatile_type
)
12896 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
12897 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, is_const_type
, 0, context_die
);
12899 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
12901 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
12902 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12903 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
12904 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12905 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
12906 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
12907 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
12909 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
12911 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type
) && use_debug_types
)
12912 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
, comp_unit_die (),
12915 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
12916 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12917 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
12918 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12919 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
12920 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
12921 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
12923 else if (code
== INTEGER_TYPE
12924 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
12925 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type
, &low
, &high
))
12927 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, low
, high
, context_die
);
12928 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12930 else if (is_base_type (type
))
12931 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
12934 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12936 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12937 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12938 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12939 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12940 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12942 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
12943 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
12945 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12946 not the main variant. */
12947 return lookup_type_die (type
);
12950 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
12951 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12952 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12953 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12954 if the base type already has the same name. */
12956 && ((TREE_CODE (name
) != TYPE_DECL
12957 && (qualified_type
== TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
)
12958 || (!is_const_type
&& !is_volatile_type
)))
12959 || (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
12960 && TREE_TYPE (name
) == qualified_type
12961 && DECL_NAME (name
))))
12963 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
12964 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12965 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12966 useful source coordinates anyway. */
12967 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
12968 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
12970 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
12971 else if (mod_type_die
&& mod_type_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
12972 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, "__unknown__");
12974 if (qualified_type
)
12975 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type
, mod_type_die
);
12978 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
12979 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
12980 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
12981 types are possible in Ada. */
12982 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
12983 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
12984 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
12987 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
12988 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
12990 return mod_type_die
;
12993 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
12994 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
12995 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
12998 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t
)
13002 dw_die_ref die
= NULL
;
13004 if (!t
|| (TYPE_P (t
) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t
)))
13008 die
= lookup_type_die (t
);
13009 else if (DECL_P (t
))
13010 die
= lookup_decl_die (t
);
13014 parms
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_parms (t
);
13016 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
13017 or function. End of story. */
13020 parms_num
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms
);
13021 args
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_args (t
);
13022 for (i
= 0; i
< parms_num
; i
++)
13024 tree parm
, arg
, arg_pack_elems
;
13026 parm
= TREE_VEC_ELT (parms
, i
);
13027 arg
= TREE_VEC_ELT (args
, i
);
13028 arg_pack_elems
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_argument_pack_elems (arg
);
13029 gcc_assert (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
);
13031 if (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
)
13033 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
13034 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
13035 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
13036 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
13037 an argument pack. */
13038 if (arg_pack_elems
)
13039 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
),
13043 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
), arg
,
13044 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die
);
13049 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
13050 the representation of a generic type parameter.
13051 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
13052 ARG is the argument to PARM.
13053 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
13055 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
13056 as a child node. */
13059 generic_parameter_die (tree parm
, tree arg
,
13061 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
13063 dw_die_ref tmpl_die
= NULL
;
13064 const char *name
= NULL
;
13066 if (!parm
|| !DECL_NAME (parm
) || !arg
)
13069 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
13070 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
13071 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
13073 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
13074 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
13075 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
13076 else if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == TYPE_DECL
)
13077 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
13078 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
13079 else if (lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
13080 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
13081 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
13082 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
13083 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
13084 name of the template template argument. */
13085 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
,
13088 gcc_unreachable ();
13094 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
13095 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
13096 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
13097 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
13101 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
));
13103 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_name
, name
);
13106 if (!lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
13108 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
13109 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
13110 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
13111 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
13112 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
13113 tmpl_type
= TYPE_P (arg
) ? arg
: TREE_TYPE (arg
);
13114 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die
, tmpl_type
, 0,
13115 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type
),
13120 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
13121 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
13122 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
13124 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
13125 to the name of the argument. */
13126 name
= dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg
) ? TYPE_NAME (arg
) : arg
, 1);
13128 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_GNU_template_name
, name
);
13131 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
13132 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
13133 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
13134 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
13136 We must be careful here:
13137 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
13138 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
13139 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
13140 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
13141 emitted after cgraph computations.
13142 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
13143 after cgraph is ready. */
13144 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die
, arg
);
13150 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
13151 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
13152 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
13155 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
13156 tree parm_pack_args
,
13157 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
13162 gcc_assert (parent_die
&& parm_pack
);
13164 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
, parent_die
, parm_pack
);
13165 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, parm_pack
);
13166 for (j
= 0; j
< TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args
); j
++)
13167 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack
,
13168 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args
, j
),
13169 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
13174 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
13175 an enumerated type. */
13178 type_is_enum (const_tree type
)
13180 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
13183 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
13185 static unsigned int
13186 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl
)
13188 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
13190 gcc_assert (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
13192 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
13193 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
13195 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
13196 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
13197 regno
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
13201 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
13204 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
13205 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
13206 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
13209 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, int size
)
13211 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
13213 if (*list_head
!= NULL
)
13215 /* Find the end of the chain. */
13216 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
13219 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_piece
)
13220 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0);
13224 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
13225 zero if there is none. */
13227 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13228 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13232 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
13235 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
13236 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
13237 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
13238 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's.
13239 Use DW_OP_fbreg offset DW_OP_stack_value in this case. */
13240 if ((rtl
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| rtl
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
13241 && eliminate_regs (rtl
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
) != rtl
)
13243 dw_loc_descr_ref result
= NULL
;
13245 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
13247 result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13249 add_loc_descr (&result
,
13250 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13255 regs
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (rtl
);
13257 if (hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)] > 1 || regs
)
13258 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
, initialized
);
13260 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl
), initialized
);
13263 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
13264 a given hard register number. */
13266 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13267 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13269 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr
;
13273 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
), 0, 0);
13275 reg_loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
13277 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13278 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13280 return reg_loc_descr
;
13283 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
13284 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
13286 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13287 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
,
13288 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13290 int nregs
, size
, i
;
13292 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
13295 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
13296 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
13298 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg
);
13299 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
13300 reg
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
13303 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
) == dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
13304 nregs
= hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)];
13306 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
13307 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
13309 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
13314 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
13316 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
),
13317 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13318 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
13319 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
13325 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
13327 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs
) == PARALLEL
);
13329 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
13332 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
13334 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
13336 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)),
13337 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13338 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
13339 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
13340 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
13343 if (loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13344 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13348 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
13350 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13351 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
13353 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
13355 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
13356 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
13360 op
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_lit0
+ i
);
13361 else if (i
<= 0xff)
13362 op
= DW_OP_const1u
;
13363 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
13364 op
= DW_OP_const2u
;
13365 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
13366 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
13367 op
= DW_OP_const4u
;
13374 op
= DW_OP_const1s
;
13375 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
13376 op
= DW_OP_const2s
;
13377 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
13378 || i
>= -0x80000000)
13379 op
= DW_OP_const4s
;
13384 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
13387 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
13388 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
13390 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13391 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size
, HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
13394 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
13396 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13403 else if (i
<= 0xff)
13405 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
13407 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
13408 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
13411 litsize
= 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
);
13417 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
13419 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
13420 || i
>= -0x80000000)
13423 litsize
= 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i
);
13425 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
13426 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
13427 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
13428 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
13429 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
13430 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
>= size
&& litsize
+ 1 <= 1 + 1 + size
)
13432 loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (i
);
13433 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
13434 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13438 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
13440 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
13441 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
= i
;
13445 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
13447 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13448 based_loc_descr (rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
,
13449 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13451 unsigned int regno
;
13452 dw_loc_descr_ref result
;
13453 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
13455 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
13456 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
13457 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
13458 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
13459 if (reg
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
13461 rtx elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
13465 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
13467 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
13468 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
13470 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
13471 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
13472 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
13473 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
13474 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
13475 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
13477 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
13478 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
13479 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
13480 access stack variables. */
13481 if (crtl
->stack_realign_tried
13482 && reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
13485 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
13486 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
13487 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
13488 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg
, offset
);
13491 offset
+= frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
13492 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
13497 && (fde
->drap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)
13498 || fde
->vdrap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)))
13500 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
13501 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
13502 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
13503 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
13504 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
13505 else in other part of the routine. */
13506 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
13509 regno
= dbx_reg_number (reg
);
13511 result
= new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ regno
),
13514 result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, regno
, offset
);
13516 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13517 add_loc_descr (&result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13522 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
13525 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl
)
13527 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
13528 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13529 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
13530 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))));
13533 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
13536 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13537 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem
)
13540 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
13542 if (MEM_EXPR (mem
) == NULL_TREE
|| MEM_OFFSET (mem
) == NULL_RTX
)
13545 base
= get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem
));
13547 || TREE_CODE (base
) != VAR_DECL
13548 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base
))
13551 loc_result
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem
), 1);
13552 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13555 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)))
13556 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result
, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)));
13561 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
13565 expansion_failed (tree expr
, rtx rtl
, char const *reason
)
13567 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
13569 fprintf (dump_file
, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
13571 print_generic_expr (dump_file
, expr
, dump_flags
);
13574 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n");
13575 print_rtl (dump_file
, rtl
);
13577 fprintf (dump_file
, "\nReason: %s\n", reason
);
13581 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
13582 or via for_each_rtx. */
13585 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx
*rtlp
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13589 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UNSPEC
)
13591 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
13592 we can't express it in the debug info. */
13593 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13594 /* Don't complain about TLS UNSPECs, those are just too hard to
13596 if (XVECLEN (rtl
, 0) != 1
13597 || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
13598 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0)) == NULL
13599 || TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0))) != VAR_DECL
13600 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0))))
13601 inform (current_function_decl
13602 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl
)
13603 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION
,
13604 #if NUM_UNSPEC_VALUES > 0
13605 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %s (%d) found in variable location",
13606 ((XINT (rtl
, 1) >= 0 && XINT (rtl
, 1) < NUM_UNSPEC_VALUES
)
13607 ? unspec_strings
[XINT (rtl
, 1)] : "unknown"),
13610 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
13614 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13615 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
13619 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
13622 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
13625 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
13626 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
13627 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
13630 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13631 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
13636 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
13639 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
13640 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
13641 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
13642 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
13643 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
13644 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl
))
13646 tree decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
13648 if (decl
== NULL
|| !targetm
.binds_local_p (decl
))
13650 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13651 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
13659 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
13660 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
13661 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
13664 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl
)
13666 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
13667 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl
, NULL
) == 0;
13669 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
)
13670 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl
, 0), const_ok_for_output_1
, NULL
) == 0;
13675 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
13676 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
13677 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
13678 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
13680 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
13681 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
13682 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
13683 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
13685 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
13686 autoincrement addressing modes.
13688 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
13689 location list for RTL.
13691 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
13693 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13694 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
13695 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13697 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
13698 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
13699 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
13701 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
13702 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
13703 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
13704 zeroth element of the array. */
13706 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
13708 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
13713 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
13716 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13717 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13718 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13719 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13720 contains the given subreg. */
13721 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl
))
13723 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
13724 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13726 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl
)) != MODE_INT
)
13728 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
13732 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
13733 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
13734 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
13735 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
13736 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
13737 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
13738 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
13739 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
13740 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
13741 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
13742 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
13743 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
13744 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
13745 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
13746 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (rtl
, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13747 else if (stack_realign_drap
13749 && crtl
->args
.internal_arg_pointer
== rtl
13750 && REGNO (crtl
->drap_reg
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
13752 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
13753 out, use DRAP instead. */
13754 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (crtl
->drap_reg
, 0,
13755 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13761 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13762 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13767 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13768 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
13769 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
13770 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTEND
)
13774 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13775 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13776 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13777 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13778 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13783 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
13784 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13785 if (mem_loc_result
== NULL
)
13786 mem_loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
13787 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
13789 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13791 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
, "DWARF address size mismatch");
13794 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13795 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
13797 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13798 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
,
13799 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)), 0));
13803 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
13804 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
13805 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
13810 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13812 /* ... fall through ... */
13815 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
13816 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13820 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
13821 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
13823 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
13825 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13826 if (!targetm
.have_tls
|| !targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
13829 /* We used to emit DW_OP_addr here, but that's wrong, since
13830 DW_OP_addr should be relocated by the debug info consumer,
13831 while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address operand should not. */
13832 temp
= new_loc_descr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 4
13833 ? DW_OP_const4u
: DW_OP_const8u
, 0, 0);
13834 temp
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13835 temp
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13836 temp
->dtprel
= true;
13838 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
13839 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, temp
);
13844 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
13848 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
13849 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13850 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13851 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
13857 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
:
13858 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13859 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13865 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
, 0, 0);
13866 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
13867 if (REG_P (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
)))
13868 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
13869 = one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
)),
13870 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13871 else if (MEM_P (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
)) && REG_P (XEXP (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
), 0)))
13873 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
13874 = mem_loc_descriptor (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
), GET_MODE (rtl
),
13875 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13876 if (ref
== NULL
|| ref
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_fbreg
)
13878 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= ref
;
13881 gcc_unreachable ();
13882 return mem_loc_result
;
13885 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13886 PLUS code below. */
13887 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13892 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13894 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
13895 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
13896 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
13897 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
13899 /* ... fall through ... */
13903 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
13904 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
13905 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)),
13906 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13909 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13910 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13911 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
13914 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13915 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result
, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
13918 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13919 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13920 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13921 if (mem_loc_result2
== 0)
13923 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, mem_loc_result2
);
13924 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13925 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
13930 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13931 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
13973 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13974 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13975 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13976 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13978 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13981 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13982 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13983 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13987 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13988 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13989 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13990 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13992 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13995 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13996 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13997 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13998 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13999 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
14000 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
14001 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
14017 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
14018 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14023 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
14024 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14028 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
14056 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14057 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14061 enum machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
14063 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
14064 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
14065 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
)
14068 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
14069 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14070 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
14071 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14073 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
14076 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
14077 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14079 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
);
14080 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14081 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
14082 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
14083 if (op
== DW_OP_eq
|| op
== DW_OP_ne
)
14085 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
14087 last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
14088 last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
14091 last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
14092 last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
14094 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
14095 whether they are zero extended or not. */
14096 if (((last0
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
14097 && last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
14098 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14099 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
14100 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
14101 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
14102 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
))))
14103 && ((last1
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
14104 && last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
14105 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14106 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14107 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
14108 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14109 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14110 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
)))))
14113 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14114 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14115 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14116 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) << shift
);
14119 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14120 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14126 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
14127 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
14128 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14129 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
!= 1)
14131 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
14132 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
));
14133 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
14154 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14155 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14159 enum machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
14161 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
14162 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
14163 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
)
14166 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
14167 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14168 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
14169 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14171 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
14174 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
14175 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14177 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
);
14178 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
14180 last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
14181 last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
14184 last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
14185 last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
14187 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
14188 op0
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) & mask
);
14189 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
14190 else if (last0
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
14191 || last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
14192 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14194 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14195 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14197 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14198 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) & mask
);
14199 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
14200 else if (last1
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
14201 || last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
14202 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14204 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14205 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14210 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
14211 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
14212 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14213 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14214 op1
= int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) bias
14215 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
14217 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
14227 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) != MODE_INT
14228 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14229 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14232 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
14233 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14234 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
14235 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14237 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
14240 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
14241 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14242 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14243 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMAX
)
14245 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14247 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
14248 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14249 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14250 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14251 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14255 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
14256 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
14257 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14258 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14261 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14263 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14264 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
14265 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14266 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14267 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14268 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14269 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14272 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
)
14276 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
14277 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
14278 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14280 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, drop_node
;
14282 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14283 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, bra_node
);
14284 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14285 drop_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
14286 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, drop_node
);
14287 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14288 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= drop_node
;
14294 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14295 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
14296 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14297 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
14298 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)))
14299 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14300 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14303 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
14304 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14307 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTRACT
)
14311 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
14312 size
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
14313 shift
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2));
14314 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
14315 shift
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
14317 if (shift
+ size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14319 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
14320 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14322 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14324 if (size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14326 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
14327 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- size
));
14328 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14335 dw_loc_descr_ref op2
, bra_node
, drop_node
;
14336 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
14337 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14338 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
14339 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14340 op2
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 2), mode
,
14341 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14342 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
|| op2
== NULL
)
14345 mem_loc_result
= op1
;
14346 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op2
);
14347 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op0
);
14348 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14349 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, bra_node
);
14350 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14351 drop_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
14352 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, drop_node
);
14353 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14354 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= drop_node
;
14362 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
14363 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
14390 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE
:
14392 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT
:
14395 case FRACT_CONVERT
:
14396 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT
:
14398 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT
:
14410 case VEC_DUPLICATE
:
14413 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
14414 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
14419 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
, NULL
);
14423 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14424 print_rtl (stderr
, rtl
);
14425 gcc_unreachable ();
14431 if (mem_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
14432 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
14434 return mem_loc_result
;
14437 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
14438 This is typically a complex variable. */
14440 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14441 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
14443 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
14444 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
14445 = loc_descriptor (x0
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14446 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
14447 = loc_descriptor (x1
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14449 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
14452 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
14453 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)));
14455 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
14456 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)));
14458 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
14459 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
14461 return cc_loc_result
;
14464 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
14467 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14468 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
14471 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
14472 unsigned int n
= XVECLEN (concatn
, 0);
14474 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
)
14476 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
;
14477 rtx x
= XVECEXP (concatn
, 0, i
);
14479 ref
= loc_descriptor (x
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14483 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, ref
);
14484 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
)));
14487 if (cc_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
14488 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
14490 return cc_loc_result
;
14493 /* Helper function for loc_descriptor. Return DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
14494 for DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR RTL. */
14496 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14497 implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtx rtl
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
14499 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
;
14504 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == VAR_DECL
14505 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == PARM_DECL
14506 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == RESULT_DECL
);
14507 ref
= lookup_decl_die (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
));
14508 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
, 0, offset
);
14509 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
14512 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14513 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
14514 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14518 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_decl_ref
;
14519 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
= DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
);
14524 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
14525 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
14526 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
14527 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
14528 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
14530 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
14531 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
14532 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
14534 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
14536 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14537 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
14538 enum var_init_status initialized
)
14540 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
14542 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
14545 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
14546 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
14547 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
14548 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
14549 contains the given subreg. */
14550 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl
), mode
, initialized
);
14554 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
14558 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
14560 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
14561 loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
14562 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
14564 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
14565 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
14566 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
14571 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1),
14576 loc_result
= concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
14581 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
)) != PARALLEL
)
14583 rtx loc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
);
14584 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
14585 loc
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
14586 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (loc
, mode
, initialized
);
14590 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
14595 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
14596 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
14597 enum machine_mode mode
;
14600 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
14601 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0),
14602 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
14603 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
14605 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
14606 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
14607 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
14609 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
14611 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0),
14612 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
14615 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
14616 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
14617 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
14623 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& mode
!= BLKmode
)
14624 loc_result
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
),
14629 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
14630 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
14632 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14634 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
14636 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
14637 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
14638 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
14639 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
14640 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
14641 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0);
14642 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
14644 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
14645 unsigned char *array
14646 = (unsigned char*) ggc_alloc_atomic (length
);
14648 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
14649 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
14650 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
/ 4;
14651 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= 4;
14652 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
14656 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
14657 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
14658 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl
);
14664 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
14665 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
14667 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14669 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
14670 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
14671 unsigned char *array
= (unsigned char *)
14672 ggc_alloc_atomic (length
* elt_size
);
14676 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
14677 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
14679 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
14680 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
14682 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
14683 double_int val
= rtx_to_double_int (elt
);
14685 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
14686 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val
), elt_size
, p
);
14689 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
14690 insert_double (val
, p
);
14695 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
14696 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
14698 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
14699 insert_float (elt
, p
);
14704 gcc_unreachable ();
14707 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
14708 length
* elt_size
, 0);
14709 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
14710 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
14711 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
14712 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
14717 if (mode
== VOIDmode
14718 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_INT
14719 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
14720 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR
)
14722 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
14727 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
14730 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14731 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14733 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
14734 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
14735 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
14736 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14737 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
14741 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
:
14742 loc_result
= implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtl
, 0);
14746 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
14747 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14750 = implicit_ptr_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
14755 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE (rtl
) == mode
14756 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14757 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14759 /* Value expression. */
14760 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
14762 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
14763 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14771 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
14772 address ranges where a given location is valid.
14773 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
14774 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
14775 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
14776 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
14778 static const char *
14779 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl
)
14781 const char *secname
;
14783 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
14785 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
14786 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
14788 else if (current_function_decl
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
14790 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
14791 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
14793 else if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
14794 secname
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
14796 secname
= text_section_label
;
14801 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
14804 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl
)
14806 return ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
14807 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
14808 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl
));
14811 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14814 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14815 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc
, rtx varloc
, int want_address
,
14816 enum var_init_status initialized
)
14818 int have_address
= 0;
14819 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
14820 enum machine_mode mode
;
14822 if (want_address
!= 2)
14824 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
);
14826 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
)) != PARALLEL
)
14828 varloc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
);
14829 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
14830 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
14831 mode
= GET_MODE (varloc
);
14832 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
14834 rtx addr
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
14835 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (addr
, mode
, initialized
);
14840 rtx x
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc
);
14842 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (x
, mode
, initialized
);
14846 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, initialized
);
14853 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
)
14854 mode
= DECL_MODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (varloc
));
14856 mode
= DECL_MODE (loc
);
14857 descr
= loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, initialized
);
14864 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
14865 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14867 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14869 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14870 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14873 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14876 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14877 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
14879 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14880 "Want address and only have value");
14884 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14885 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
14887 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14888 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
14890 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
14892 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14893 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14896 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14899 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
14901 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
14907 /* Create a DW_OP_piece or DW_OP_bit_piece for bitsize, or return NULL
14908 if it is not possible. */
14910 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14911 new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
14913 if ((bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
) == 0 && offset
== 0)
14914 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, bitsize
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
, 0);
14915 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
14916 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bit_piece
, bitsize
, offset
);
14921 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14922 for VAR_LOC_NOTE for variable DECL that has been optimized by SRA. */
14924 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14925 dw_sra_loc_expr (tree decl
, rtx loc
)
14928 unsigned int padsize
= 0;
14929 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
, *descr_tail
;
14930 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT decl_size
;
14932 enum var_init_status initialized
;
14934 if (DECL_SIZE (decl
) == NULL
14935 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
14938 decl_size
= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1);
14940 descr_tail
= &descr
;
14942 for (p
= loc
; p
; p
= XEXP (p
, 1))
14944 unsigned int bitsize
= decl_piece_bitsize (p
);
14945 rtx loc_note
= *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (p
);
14946 dw_loc_descr_ref cur_descr
;
14947 dw_loc_descr_ref
*tail
, last
= NULL
;
14948 unsigned int opsize
= 0;
14950 if (loc_note
== NULL_RTX
14951 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
) == NULL_RTX
)
14953 padsize
+= bitsize
;
14956 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
);
14957 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_note
);
14958 cur_descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, 2, initialized
);
14959 if (cur_descr
== NULL
)
14961 padsize
+= bitsize
;
14965 /* Check that cur_descr either doesn't use
14966 DW_OP_*piece operations, or their sum is equal
14967 to bitsize. Otherwise we can't embed it. */
14968 for (tail
= &cur_descr
; *tail
!= NULL
;
14969 tail
= &(*tail
)->dw_loc_next
)
14970 if ((*tail
)->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_piece
)
14972 opsize
+= (*tail
)->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
14976 else if ((*tail
)->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bit_piece
)
14978 opsize
+= (*tail
)->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
14982 if (last
!= NULL
&& opsize
!= bitsize
)
14984 padsize
+= bitsize
;
14988 /* If there is a hole, add DW_OP_*piece after empty DWARF
14989 expression, which means that those bits are optimized out. */
14992 if (padsize
> decl_size
)
14994 decl_size
-= padsize
;
14995 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (padsize
, 0);
14996 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
14998 descr_tail
= &(*descr_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
15001 *descr_tail
= cur_descr
;
15003 if (bitsize
> decl_size
)
15005 decl_size
-= bitsize
;
15008 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
15009 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
15010 && GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
)) != PARALLEL
)
15012 varloc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
);
15013 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
15014 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
15018 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == CONST
15019 || GET_CODE (varloc
) == SIGN_EXTEND
15020 || GET_CODE (varloc
) == ZERO_EXTEND
)
15021 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
15022 else if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == SUBREG
)
15023 varloc
= SUBREG_REG (varloc
);
15028 /* DW_OP_bit_size offset should be zero for register
15029 or implicit location descriptions and empty location
15030 descriptions, but for memory addresses needs big endian
15032 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
15034 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT memsize
15035 = INTVAL (MEM_SIZE (varloc
)) * BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15036 if (memsize
!= bitsize
)
15038 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
!= WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
15039 && (memsize
> BITS_PER_WORD
|| bitsize
> BITS_PER_WORD
))
15041 if (memsize
< bitsize
)
15043 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15044 offset
= memsize
- bitsize
;
15048 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (bitsize
, offset
);
15049 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
15051 descr_tail
= &(*descr_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
15055 /* If there were any non-empty expressions, add padding till the end of
15057 if (descr
!= NULL
&& decl_size
!= 0)
15059 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (decl_size
, 0);
15060 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
15066 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
15067 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
15070 static dw_loc_list_ref
15071 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list
*loc_list
, tree decl
, int want_address
)
15073 const char *endname
, *secname
;
15075 enum var_init_status initialized
;
15076 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
15077 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
15078 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
15079 dw_loc_list_ref list
= NULL
;
15080 dw_loc_list_ref
*listp
= &list
;
15082 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
15083 actually construct the list of locations.
15084 The first location information is what is passed to the
15085 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
15086 locations just get added on to that list.
15087 Note that we only know the start address for a location
15088 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
15089 the range [current location start, next location start].
15090 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
15091 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
15093 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
15095 for (node
= loc_list
->first
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
15096 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
15097 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->loc
) != NULL_RTX
)
15099 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
15101 /* This requires DW_OP_{,bit_}piece, which is not usable
15102 inside DWARF expressions. */
15103 if (want_address
!= 2)
15105 descr
= dw_sra_loc_expr (decl
, node
->loc
);
15111 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->loc
);
15112 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->loc
);
15113 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
, initialized
);
15117 bool range_across_switch
= false;
15118 /* If section switch happens in between node->label
15119 and node->next->label (or end of function) and
15120 we can't emit it as a single entry list,
15121 emit two ranges, first one ending at the end
15122 of first partition and second one starting at the
15123 beginning of second partition. */
15124 if (node
== loc_list
->last_before_switch
15125 && (node
!= loc_list
->first
|| loc_list
->first
->next
)
15126 && current_function_decl
)
15128 endname
= current_fde ()->dw_fde_end
;
15129 range_across_switch
= true;
15131 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
15132 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
15133 else if (node
->next
)
15134 endname
= node
->next
->label
;
15135 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
15136 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
15137 else if (!current_function_decl
)
15138 endname
= text_end_label
;
15141 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
15142 current_function_funcdef_no
);
15143 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
15146 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
, node
->label
, endname
, secname
);
15147 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
15149 if (range_across_switch
)
15151 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
15152 descr
= dw_sra_loc_expr (decl
, node
->loc
);
15155 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->loc
);
15156 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->loc
);
15157 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
,
15160 gcc_assert (descr
);
15161 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
15162 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
15164 endname
= node
->next
->label
;
15166 endname
= current_fde ()->dw_fde_second_end
;
15167 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
,
15168 current_fde ()->dw_fde_second_begin
,
15170 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
15175 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
15176 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
15177 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
15178 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
15179 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
15181 if (list
&& loc_list
->first
->next
)
15187 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
15188 as location description. */
15191 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
15193 gcc_assert (!list
->dw_loc_next
|| list
->ll_symbol
);
15194 return !list
->ll_symbol
;
15197 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
15200 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list
, dw_loc_descr_ref ref
)
15202 dw_loc_descr_ref copy
;
15203 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, ref
);
15204 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
15207 copy
= ggc_alloc_dw_loc_descr_node ();
15208 memcpy (copy
, ref
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
15209 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, copy
);
15210 while (copy
->dw_loc_next
)
15212 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy
= ggc_alloc_dw_loc_descr_node ();
15213 memcpy (new_copy
, copy
->dw_loc_next
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
15214 copy
->dw_loc_next
= new_copy
;
15217 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
15221 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
15222 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
15223 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
15224 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
15226 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
15227 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
15228 and merging them that will need some additional work.
15229 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
15233 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*ret
, dw_loc_list_ref list
)
15242 if (!list
->dw_loc_next
)
15244 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret
, list
->expr
);
15247 if (!(*ret
)->dw_loc_next
)
15249 add_loc_descr_to_each (list
, (*ret
)->expr
);
15253 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, NULL_RTX
,
15254 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
15255 " location lists.\n");
15260 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
15261 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
15263 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15264 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc
)
15266 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
15267 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
15268 enum machine_mode mode
;
15270 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
15275 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
);
15277 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
15278 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
15280 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))))
15282 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15283 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
15286 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15287 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
15288 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15291 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
15292 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
15293 into simple arithmetics. */
15295 static dw_loc_list_ref
15296 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc
, bool toplev
)
15299 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
15300 enum machine_mode mode
;
15302 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
15303 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
15305 obj
= get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0),
15306 &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
15307 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
15309 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
)
15311 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "bitfield access");
15314 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj
))
15316 expansion_failed (obj
,
15317 NULL_RTX
, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
15320 if (!offset
&& !bitpos
)
15321 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), toplev
? 2 : 1);
15323 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15324 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
15326 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), 0);
15331 /* Variable offset. */
15332 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0);
15333 if (list_ret1
== 0)
15335 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
15338 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
15339 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
15341 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15343 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
15344 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
15346 else if (bytepos
< 0)
15347 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
15348 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
15349 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
15355 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
15356 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
15357 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
15358 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
15359 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
15360 to refer to register values). */
15362 static dw_loc_list_ref
15363 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
)
15365 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= NULL
, ret1
= NULL
;
15366 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
15367 int have_address
= 0;
15368 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
15370 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
15371 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
15374 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
15377 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "ERROR_MARK");
15380 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
15381 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
15382 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
15383 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
15384 the names of types. */
15385 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
15389 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CALL_EXPR");
15390 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
15393 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR
:
15394 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR
:
15395 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR
:
15396 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
:
15397 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
15398 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
15402 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
15403 e.g. for &this->field. */
15406 list_ret
= loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
15407 (loc
, want_address
== 2);
15410 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
15411 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
15414 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
15415 if (!list_ret
&& !ret
)
15416 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 1);
15420 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
15426 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc
))
15429 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op
;
15430 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op
;
15431 bool dtprel
= false;
15433 if (targetm
.have_tls
)
15435 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
15437 if (!targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
15440 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
15441 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
15442 module. We used DW_OP_addr as first op, but that's
15443 wrong, because DW_OP_addr is relocated by the debug
15444 info consumer, while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
15445 operand shouldn't be. */
15446 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
) && !targetm
.binds_local_p (loc
))
15448 first_op
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 4 ? DW_OP_const4u
: DW_OP_const8u
;
15450 second_op
= DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
;
15454 if (!targetm
.emutls
.debug_form_tls_address
15455 || !(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
15457 /* We stuffed the control variable into the DECL_VALUE_EXPR
15458 to signal (via DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P) that the decl should
15459 no longer appear in gimple code. We used the control
15460 variable in specific so that we could pick it up here. */
15461 loc
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
);
15462 first_op
= DW_OP_addr
;
15463 second_op
= DW_OP_form_tls_address
;
15466 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
15467 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
15472 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
15473 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
15476 ret
= new_loc_descr (first_op
, 0, 0);
15477 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
15478 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
15479 ret
->dtprel
= dtprel
;
15481 ret1
= new_loc_descr (second_op
, 0, 0);
15482 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
15491 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc
))
15492 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
),
15496 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
15499 var_loc_list
*loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (loc
);
15501 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
)
15503 list_ret
= dw_loc_list (loc_list
, loc
, want_address
);
15504 have_address
= want_address
!= 0;
15507 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
15508 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
15510 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "DECL has no RTL");
15513 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl
))
15515 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
15516 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
15517 val
&= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc
));
15518 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (val
);
15520 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
15522 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CONST_STRING");
15525 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) && const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
15527 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
15528 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
15529 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
15533 enum machine_mode mode
;
15535 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
15536 if (want_address
== 2)
15538 ret
= loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
,
15539 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15544 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15547 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
15550 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15553 expansion_failed (loc
, rtl
,
15554 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
15561 if (!integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)))
15565 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15569 case COMPOUND_EXPR
:
15570 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), want_address
);
15573 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
15576 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), want_address
);
15578 case COMPONENT_REF
:
15579 case BIT_FIELD_REF
:
15581 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
15582 case REALPART_EXPR
:
15583 case IMAGPART_EXPR
:
15586 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
15587 enum machine_mode mode
;
15589 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
15591 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
15592 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
15594 gcc_assert (obj
!= loc
);
15596 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (obj
,
15598 && !bitpos
&& !offset
? 2 : 1);
15599 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
15600 for nonzero bitpos. */
15603 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
15605 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15606 "bitfield access");
15610 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
15612 /* Variable offset. */
15613 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0);
15614 if (list_ret1
== 0)
15616 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
15619 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
15622 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15624 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
15625 else if (bytepos
< 0)
15626 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
15633 if ((want_address
|| !host_integerp (loc
, 0))
15634 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
15636 else if (want_address
== 2
15637 && host_integerp (loc
, 0)
15638 && (ret
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor
15639 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)),
15640 tree_low_cst (loc
, 0))))
15642 else if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
15643 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
15646 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15647 "Integer operand is not host integer");
15656 if ((ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
15659 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
15660 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15661 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
15664 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
15665 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
15670 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
15675 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR
:
15676 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
15681 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
15682 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR
:
15683 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
15684 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
15685 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
15694 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
15695 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR
:
15696 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
15697 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
15698 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
15703 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15704 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
15705 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
15708 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
15711 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
15712 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
15713 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
15714 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
15715 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
15727 op
= (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) ? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
15730 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
15732 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
15734 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15738 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0));
15746 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
15753 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
15760 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
15767 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
15782 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15783 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
15784 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
15787 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
15790 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
15793 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
15807 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15811 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
15817 const enum tree_code code
=
15818 TREE_CODE (loc
) == MIN_EXPR
? GT_EXPR
: LT_EXPR
;
15820 loc
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
15821 build2 (code
, integer_type_node
,
15822 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
15823 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
15826 /* ... fall through ... */
15830 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
15831 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
15832 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
15833 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
15834 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
15836 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15837 if (list_ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
15840 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
15841 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, bra_node
);
15843 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, rhs
);
15844 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
15845 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, jump_node
);
15847 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, lhs
);
15848 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15849 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
15851 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
15852 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
15853 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, tmp
);
15854 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15855 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
15859 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR
:
15863 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
15864 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
15865 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
15866 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
15868 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15869 "language specific tree node");
15873 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
15874 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
15875 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
15876 gcc_unreachable ();
15878 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
15879 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
15884 if (!ret
&& !list_ret
)
15887 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
15888 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
15890 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15892 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15893 "DWARF address size mismatch");
15897 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
15899 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
15900 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
15903 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
15904 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
15906 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15907 "Want address and only have value");
15911 gcc_assert (!ret
|| !list_ret
);
15913 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
15914 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
15916 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
15918 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
15920 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15921 "DWARF address size mismatch");
15924 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15927 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
15930 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
15932 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
15935 list_ret
= new_loc_list (ret
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
15940 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
15941 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15942 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
)
15944 dw_loc_list_ref ret
= loc_list_from_tree (loc
, want_address
);
15947 if (ret
->dw_loc_next
)
15949 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15950 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
15956 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
15957 which is not less than the value itself. */
15959 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
15960 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
15962 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
15965 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
15966 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
15967 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
15968 ERROR_MARK node. */
15971 field_type (const_tree decl
)
15975 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
15976 return integer_type_node
;
15978 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
15979 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
15980 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
15985 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
15986 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
15987 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
15989 static inline unsigned
15990 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type
)
15992 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
15995 static inline unsigned
15996 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl
)
15998 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
16001 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
16003 static inline double_int
16004 round_up_to_align (double_int t
, unsigned int align
)
16006 double_int alignd
= uhwi_to_double_int (align
);
16007 t
= double_int_add (t
, alignd
);
16008 t
= double_int_add (t
, double_int_minus_one
);
16009 t
= double_int_div (t
, alignd
, true, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
);
16010 t
= double_int_mul (t
, alignd
);
16014 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
16015 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
16016 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
16017 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
16018 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
16021 static HOST_WIDE_INT
16022 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl
)
16024 double_int object_offset_in_bits
;
16025 double_int object_offset_in_bytes
;
16026 double_int bitpos_int
;
16028 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
16031 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
16033 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
16034 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
16035 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
16036 if (TREE_CODE (bit_position (decl
)) != INTEGER_CST
)
16039 bitpos_int
= tree_to_double_int (bit_position (decl
));
16041 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
16042 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
)
16045 tree field_size_tree
;
16046 double_int deepest_bitpos
;
16047 double_int field_size_in_bits
;
16048 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
16049 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
16050 double_int type_size_in_bits
;
16052 type
= field_type (decl
);
16053 type_size_in_bits
= double_int_type_size_in_bits (type
);
16054 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
16056 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
16058 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
16059 a flexible array member. */
16060 if (!field_size_tree
)
16061 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
16063 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
16064 if (TREE_CODE (field_size_tree
) == INTEGER_CST
)
16065 field_size_in_bits
= tree_to_double_int (field_size_tree
);
16067 field_size_in_bits
= type_size_in_bits
;
16069 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
16071 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
16072 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
16073 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
16074 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
16075 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
16076 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
16077 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
16078 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
16079 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
16081 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
16083 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
16084 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
16085 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
16086 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
16087 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
16088 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
16089 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
16090 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
16091 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
16092 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
16093 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
16095 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
16096 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
16097 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
16098 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
16099 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
16100 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
16101 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
16102 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
16103 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
16104 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
16107 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
16108 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
16109 must have believed that the containing object started (within
16110 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
16111 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
16112 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
16113 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
16115 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
16116 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
16117 deepest_bitpos
= double_int_add (bitpos_int
, field_size_in_bits
);
16119 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
16120 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
16122 object_offset_in_bits
16123 = double_int_sub (deepest_bitpos
, type_size_in_bits
);
16125 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
16127 object_offset_in_bits
16128 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, type_align_in_bits
);
16130 if (double_int_ucmp (object_offset_in_bits
, bitpos_int
) > 0)
16132 object_offset_in_bits
16133 = double_int_sub (deepest_bitpos
, type_size_in_bits
);
16135 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
16136 object_offset_in_bits
16137 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, decl_align_in_bits
);
16141 #endif /* PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS */
16142 object_offset_in_bits
= bitpos_int
;
16144 object_offset_in_bytes
16145 = double_int_div (object_offset_in_bits
,
16146 uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_UNIT
), true,
16148 return double_int_to_shwi (object_offset_in_bytes
);
16151 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
16152 associated with them. */
16154 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
16156 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
16157 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
16158 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
16161 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
16162 dw_loc_list_ref descr
)
16166 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr
))
16167 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
->expr
);
16169 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
16172 /* Add DW_AT_accessibility attribute to DIE if needed. */
16175 add_accessibility_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16177 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
16178 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
16179 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_public. */
16180 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
16181 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
16182 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
16184 if (dwarf_version
== 2
16185 || die
->die_parent
== NULL
16186 || die
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
16187 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
16189 else if (dwarf_version
> 2
16191 && die
->die_parent
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
)
16192 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
16195 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
16196 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
16197 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
16198 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
16199 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
16200 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
16203 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
16204 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
16205 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
16206 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
16207 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
16208 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
16209 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
16210 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
16211 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
16212 function below.) */
16215 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16217 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
16218 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
16220 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_BINFO
)
16222 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
16223 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl
) && is_cxx ())
16225 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
16226 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
16227 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
16228 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
16230 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
16232 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
16234 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
16236 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
16237 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
16238 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
16240 /* Extract the vtable address. */
16241 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
16242 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
16244 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
16245 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
16246 gcc_assert (offset
< 0);
16248 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
16249 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
16250 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
16251 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
16253 /* Extract the offset. */
16254 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
16255 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
16257 /* Add it to the object address. */
16258 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
16259 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
16262 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
16265 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
16269 if (dwarf_version
> 2)
16271 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
16273 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
16275 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
16280 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
16282 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
16283 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
16284 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
16286 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16287 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
16288 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
16292 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
16295 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
16299 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
16302 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
16305 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, unsigned int size
, unsigned char *dest
)
16309 *dest
++ = val
& 0xff;
16315 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
16317 static HOST_WIDE_INT
16318 extract_int (const unsigned char *src
, unsigned int size
)
16320 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= 0;
16326 val
|= *--src
& 0xff;
16332 /* Writes double_int values to dw_vec_const array. */
16335 insert_double (double_int val
, unsigned char *dest
)
16337 unsigned char *p0
= dest
;
16338 unsigned char *p1
= dest
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
16340 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
16346 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.low
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
16347 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.high
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
16350 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
16353 insert_float (const_rtx rtl
, unsigned char *array
)
16355 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv
;
16359 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
16360 real_to_target (val
, &rv
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
16362 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
16363 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / 4; i
++)
16365 insert_int (val
[i
], 4, array
);
16370 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
16371 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
16372 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
16373 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
16374 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
16377 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
16379 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
16383 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
16386 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
16388 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
16393 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
16394 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
16395 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
16398 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
16400 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
16402 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
16403 unsigned char *array
= (unsigned char *) ggc_alloc_atomic (length
);
16405 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
16406 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
/ 4, 4, array
);
16409 add_AT_double (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
16410 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
16416 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
16417 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
16418 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
16419 unsigned char *array
= (unsigned char *) ggc_alloc_atomic
16420 (length
* elt_size
);
16424 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
16426 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
16427 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
16429 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
16430 double_int val
= rtx_to_double_int (elt
);
16432 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
16433 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val
), elt_size
, p
);
16436 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
16437 insert_double (val
, p
);
16442 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
16443 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
16445 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
16446 insert_float (elt
, p
);
16451 gcc_unreachable ();
16454 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, elt_size
, array
);
16459 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
16461 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
16462 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
, NULL
);
16464 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
16465 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
16466 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
16467 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
16468 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_location
, loc_result
);
16469 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
16475 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
16476 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, XEXP (rtl
, 0));
16479 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
16482 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
16487 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
16488 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
16489 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
16490 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
16491 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
16492 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
16493 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
16494 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
16495 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
16496 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
16497 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
16505 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_STRING
16506 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
)
16507 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == BLKmode
)
16509 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0));
16515 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
16516 gcc_unreachable ();
16521 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
16522 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
16525 reference_to_unused (tree
* tp
, int * walk_subtrees
,
16526 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16528 if (! EXPR_P (*tp
) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp
))
16529 *walk_subtrees
= 0;
16531 if (DECL_P (*tp
) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp
) && ! TREE_USED (*tp
)
16532 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
16534 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
16535 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
16536 be conservative. */
16537 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
16538 && (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
16540 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
)
16542 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_get_node (*tp
);
16543 if (!node
|| !node
->needed
)
16546 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
16547 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp
) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp
)))
16549 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
16550 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
16551 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
16552 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
16553 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp
))
16556 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == STRING_CST
&& !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
16562 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
16563 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
16566 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init
, tree type
)
16568 rtx rtl
= NULL_RTX
;
16572 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
16573 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
16574 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == STRING_CST
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
16576 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
16577 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
16578 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
16580 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
16582 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
16583 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
16584 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
16585 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
16586 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
16588 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
16589 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
16590 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, rtl
);
16591 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
) = 1;
16594 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
16596 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
)
16597 || (TREE_CODE (init
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
16598 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0))))
16599 || TREE_CODE (type
) == COMPLEX_TYPE
)
16601 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
16602 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
16603 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
16604 && !VECTOR_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
16606 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
16607 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
16608 reference variables which won't be output. */
16609 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
)
16610 && ! walk_tree (&init
, reference_to_unused
, NULL
, NULL
))
16612 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
16614 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
16615 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
16620 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init
))
16622 VEC(constructor_elt
,gc
) *elts
= CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
);
16623 bool constant_p
= true;
16625 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix
;
16627 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
16628 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
16629 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
16630 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts
, ix
, value
)
16631 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value
))
16633 constant_p
= false;
16639 init
= build_vector_from_ctor (type
, elts
);
16649 rtl
= expand_expr (init
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
16651 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
16652 gcc_assert (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
));
16658 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
16661 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
16665 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
16666 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
16667 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
16669 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
16670 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
16671 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
16672 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
16673 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
16674 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
16675 referenced within the function.
16677 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
16678 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
16679 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
16680 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
16682 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
16683 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
16684 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
16685 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
16686 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
16687 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
16689 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
16690 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
16691 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
16692 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
16693 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
16694 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
16695 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
16696 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
16697 output at debug-time.
16699 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
16700 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
16701 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
16702 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
16703 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
16704 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
16705 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
16706 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
16707 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
16708 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
16709 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
16710 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
16711 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
16713 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
16714 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
16715 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
16716 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
16717 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
16718 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
16719 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
16720 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
16721 I'd like to fix it.
16723 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
16724 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
16725 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
16726 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
16727 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
16728 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
16729 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
16730 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
16731 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
16732 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
16733 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
16735 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
16736 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
16738 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
16739 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
16740 fixed registers. */
16741 if (! reload_completed
)
16744 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
16746 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
16748 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
16749 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
16751 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
16756 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
16758 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
16759 || is_pseudo_reg (rtl
)
16761 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
16762 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)
16763 && MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
16764 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == GET_MODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))))
16766 tree declared_type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
16767 tree passed_type
= DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
);
16768 enum machine_mode dmode
= TYPE_MODE (declared_type
);
16769 enum machine_mode pmode
= TYPE_MODE (passed_type
);
16771 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
16772 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
16773 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
16774 if (dmode
== pmode
)
16775 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
16776 else if ((rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
16777 && SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode
)
16778 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
16779 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
16781 rtx inc
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
16784 else if (MEM_P (inc
))
16786 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
16787 rtl
= adjust_address_nv (inc
, dmode
,
16788 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
16789 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
));
16796 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
16797 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
16798 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
16799 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
16800 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
16801 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
16803 else if (MEM_P (rtl
)
16804 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
16805 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
16806 /* Not passed in memory. */
16807 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
16808 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
16809 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
16810 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
16811 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
16812 #if !HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_ARG_POINTER
16813 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
16816 /* Big endian correction check. */
16817 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16818 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
16819 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
16822 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
16823 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
16825 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
16826 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
16829 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
16832 && GET_MODE (rtl
) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
16833 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
16835 int rsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
16836 int dsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
16838 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
16839 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
16840 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
16841 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
16842 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
16843 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
16845 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
16846 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), rsize
-dsize
));
16849 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
16850 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
16851 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
16852 if (!rtl
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
16853 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), TREE_TYPE (decl
));
16856 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
16858 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
16859 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
16860 code, and thus is not emitted. */
16862 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
16864 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
16865 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
16867 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
16868 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
16869 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
16870 && TREE_STATIC (decl
)
16871 && DECL_NAME (decl
)
16872 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl
)
16873 && DECL_MODE (decl
) != VOIDmode
)
16875 rtl
= make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl
);
16877 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
16878 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != decl
)
16885 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
16886 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
16887 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
16890 fortran_common (tree decl
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*value
)
16892 tree val_expr
, cvar
;
16893 enum machine_mode mode
;
16894 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
;
16896 int volatilep
= 0, unsignedp
= 0;
16898 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
16899 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
16900 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
16901 be handled as such. */
16902 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
16903 || !TREE_STATIC (decl
)
16904 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl
)
16908 val_expr
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl
);
16909 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr
) != COMPONENT_REF
)
16912 cvar
= get_inner_reference (val_expr
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
,
16913 &mode
, &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, true);
16915 if (cvar
== NULL_TREE
16916 || TREE_CODE (cvar
) != VAR_DECL
16917 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar
)
16918 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar
))
16922 if (offset
!= NULL
)
16924 if (!host_integerp (offset
, 0))
16926 *value
= tree_low_cst (offset
, 0);
16929 *value
+= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
16934 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
16935 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
16936 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
16937 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
16938 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
16939 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
16940 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
16941 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
16942 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
16943 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address.
16945 CACHE_P is true if it is worth caching the location list for DECL,
16946 so that future calls can reuse it rather than regenerate it from scratch.
16947 This is true for BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS in inlined subroutines,
16948 since we will need to refer to them each time the function is inlined. */
16951 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
, bool cache_p
,
16952 enum dwarf_attribute attr
)
16955 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
16956 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
16957 cached_dw_loc_list
*cache
;
16960 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
16963 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
16964 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
);
16966 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
16969 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
16970 if (rtl
&& (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
16971 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
16974 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
16975 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
16976 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
16977 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
16980 && loc_list
->first
->next
== NULL
16981 && NOTE_P (loc_list
->first
->loc
)
16982 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list
->first
->loc
)
16983 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list
->first
->loc
))
16985 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
16987 node
= loc_list
->first
;
16988 rtl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->loc
);
16989 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == EXPR_LIST
)
16990 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
16991 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
16992 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
16995 /* If this decl is from BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS, we might need its
16996 list several times. See if we've already cached the contents. */
16998 if (loc_list
== NULL
|| cached_dw_loc_list_table
== NULL
)
17002 cache
= (cached_dw_loc_list
*)
17003 htab_find_with_hash (cached_dw_loc_list_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
17005 list
= cache
->loc_list
;
17009 list
= loc_list_from_tree (decl
, decl_by_reference_p (decl
) ? 0 : 2);
17010 /* It is usually worth caching this result if the decl is from
17011 BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS and if the list has at least two elements. */
17012 if (cache_p
&& list
&& list
->dw_loc_next
)
17014 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (cached_dw_loc_list_table
, decl
,
17015 DECL_UID (decl
), INSERT
);
17016 cache
= ggc_alloc_cleared_cached_dw_loc_list ();
17017 cache
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
17018 cache
->loc_list
= list
;
17024 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, list
);
17027 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
17028 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
17029 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die
, decl
);
17032 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
17035 defer_location (tree variable
, dw_die_ref die
)
17037 deferred_locations entry
;
17038 entry
.variable
= variable
;
17040 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations
, gc
, deferred_locations_list
, &entry
);
17043 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
17044 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
17047 native_encode_initializer (tree init
, unsigned char *array
, int size
)
17051 if (init
== NULL_TREE
)
17055 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
17058 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
17059 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
17061 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
17062 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
17064 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
|| GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) != 1)
17066 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
17068 if (size
> TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
))
17070 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
),
17071 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
17072 memset (array
+ TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
),
17073 '\0', size
- TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
17076 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
), size
);
17081 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
17082 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
17084 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
17086 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index
;
17087 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
17088 int curpos
= 0, fieldsize
;
17089 constructor_elt
*ce
;
17091 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) == NULL_TREE
17092 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0))
17095 fieldsize
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
));
17096 if (fieldsize
<= 0)
17099 min_index
= tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0);
17100 memset (array
, '\0', size
);
17101 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
)
17103 tree val
= ce
->value
;
17104 tree index
= ce
->index
;
17106 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
17107 pos
= (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0) - min_index
)
17110 pos
= (tree_low_cst (index
, 0) - min_index
) * fieldsize
;
17115 if (!native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
17118 curpos
= pos
+ fieldsize
;
17119 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
17121 int count
= tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 1), 0)
17122 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0);
17126 memcpy (array
+ curpos
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
);
17127 curpos
+= fieldsize
;
17130 gcc_assert (curpos
<= size
);
17134 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
17135 || TREE_CODE (type
) == UNION_TYPE
)
17137 tree field
= NULL_TREE
;
17138 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
17139 constructor_elt
*ce
;
17141 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
17144 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
)
17145 field
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
17147 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
)
17149 tree val
= ce
->value
;
17150 int pos
, fieldsize
;
17152 if (ce
->index
!= 0)
17158 if (field
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_BIT_FIELD (field
))
17161 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17162 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))
17163 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))))
17165 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
) == NULL_TREE
17166 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0))
17168 fieldsize
= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0);
17169 pos
= int_byte_position (field
);
17170 gcc_assert (pos
+ fieldsize
<= size
);
17172 && !native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
17178 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
17179 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
17180 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0), array
, size
);
17182 return native_encode_expr (init
, array
, size
) == size
;
17186 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
17187 attribute is the const value T. */
17190 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree t
)
17193 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (t
);
17196 if (!t
|| !TREE_TYPE (t
) || TREE_TYPE (t
) == error_mark_node
)
17200 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init
));
17202 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (init
, type
);
17204 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
17205 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
17206 else if (CHAR_BIT
== 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT
== 8
17207 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
))
17209 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init
));
17210 if (size
> 0 && (int) size
== size
)
17212 unsigned char *array
= (unsigned char *)
17213 ggc_alloc_cleared_atomic (size
);
17215 if (native_encode_initializer (init
, array
, size
))
17217 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, size
, 1, array
);
17225 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
17226 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
17227 variable with static storage duration
17228 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
17231 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
17235 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
17236 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != CONST_DECL
))
17239 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
)
17240 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
)
17241 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
17246 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
17247 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
17250 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, DECL_INITIAL (decl
));
17253 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
17254 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
17255 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
17256 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
17259 static dw_loc_list_ref
17260 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
17263 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *list_tail
;
17265 dw_cfa_location last_cfa
, next_cfa
;
17266 const char *start_label
, *last_label
, *section
;
17267 dw_cfa_location remember
;
17269 fde
= current_fde ();
17270 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
17272 section
= secname_for_decl (current_function_decl
);
17276 memset (&next_cfa
, 0, sizeof (next_cfa
));
17277 next_cfa
.reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
17278 remember
= next_cfa
;
17280 start_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
17282 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
17283 advance opcodes. */
17284 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
17285 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
17287 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
17288 last_label
= start_label
;
17290 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
== NULL
)
17292 /* If the first partition contained no CFI adjustments, the
17293 CIE opcodes apply to the whole first partition. */
17294 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
17295 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_end
, section
);
17296 list_tail
=&(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
17297 start_label
= last_label
= fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
;
17300 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
17302 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
17304 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
17305 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
17306 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
17307 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
17308 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
17310 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
17311 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
17313 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
17314 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
17315 start_label
= last_label
;
17317 last_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
17320 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
17321 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
17322 gcc_unreachable ();
17325 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
17328 if (cfi
== fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
17330 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
17332 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
17333 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
17335 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
17336 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
17337 start_label
= last_label
;
17339 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
17340 start_label
, fde
->dw_fde_end
, section
);
17341 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
17342 start_label
= last_label
= fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
;
17346 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
17348 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
17349 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
17350 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
17351 start_label
= last_label
;
17354 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa
, offset
),
17356 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
17357 ? fde
->dw_fde_second_end
: fde
->dw_fde_end
,
17360 if (list
&& list
->dw_loc_next
)
17366 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
17367 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
17368 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
17369 before the latter is negated. */
17372 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
17376 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
17377 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
17378 offset
+= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
17380 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
17381 offset
+= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
17384 elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
17385 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
17387 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
17388 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
17391 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
17392 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
17393 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
17394 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
17395 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
17396 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
17398 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= -offset
;
17401 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
17402 the value of the attribute. */
17405 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
17407 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
17409 if (demangle_name_func
)
17410 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
17412 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
17416 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
17419 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
17421 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
17427 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
)
17431 wdlen
= strlen (wd
);
17432 wd1
= (char *) ggc_alloc_atomic (wdlen
+ 2);
17434 wd1
[wdlen
] = DIR_SEPARATOR
;
17435 wd1
[wdlen
+ 1] = 0;
17439 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, remap_debug_filename (wd
));
17442 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
17446 lower_bound_default (void)
17448 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
))
17453 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
:
17455 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
:
17458 case DW_LANG_Fortran77
:
17459 case DW_LANG_Fortran90
:
17460 case DW_LANG_Fortran95
:
17464 case DW_LANG_Python
:
17465 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 0 : -1;
17466 case DW_LANG_Ada95
:
17467 case DW_LANG_Ada83
:
17468 case DW_LANG_Cobol74
:
17469 case DW_LANG_Cobol85
:
17470 case DW_LANG_Pascal83
:
17471 case DW_LANG_Modula2
:
17473 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 1 : -1;
17479 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
17480 a representation for that bound. */
17483 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
17485 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
17490 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
17493 unsigned int prec
= simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound
));
17496 /* Use the default if possible. */
17497 if (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
17498 && host_integerp (bound
, 0)
17499 && (dflt
= lower_bound_default ()) != -1
17500 && tree_low_cst (bound
, 0) == dflt
)
17503 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
17504 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
17505 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
17506 else if (prec
< HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
17508 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
17509 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1 << prec
) - 1;
17510 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
,
17511 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
) & mask
);
17513 else if (prec
== HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
17514 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound
) == 0)
17515 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
,
17516 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
));
17518 add_AT_double (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound
),
17519 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
));
17524 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
17525 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
17535 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
17537 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
17538 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
17539 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
17540 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
17541 later parameter. */
17542 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
17544 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
17552 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
17553 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
17555 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
17556 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
17558 list
= loc_list_from_tree (bound
, 2);
17559 if (list
== NULL
|| single_element_loc_list_p (list
))
17561 /* If DW_AT_*bound is not a reference nor constant, it is
17562 a DWARF expression rather than location description.
17563 For that loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0) is needed.
17564 If that fails to give a single element list,
17565 fall back to outputting this as a reference anyway. */
17566 dw_loc_list_ref list2
= loc_list_from_tree (bound
, 0);
17567 if (list2
&& single_element_loc_list_p (list2
))
17569 add_AT_loc (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, list2
->expr
);
17576 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
17577 ctx
= comp_unit_die ();
17579 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
17581 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
17582 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17583 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
17584 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, list
);
17585 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
17591 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
17592 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
17593 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
17594 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
17597 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
, bool collapse_p
)
17599 unsigned dimension_number
;
17601 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
17603 for (dimension_number
= 0;
17604 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
&& (dimension_number
== 0 || collapse_p
);
17605 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
17607 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
17609 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && is_fortran () && dimension_number
> 0)
17612 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
17613 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
17615 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
17618 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
17619 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
17620 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
17622 /* Define the index type. */
17623 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
17625 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
17626 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
17627 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
17628 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
17629 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
17630 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
17631 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
17634 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
17638 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
17639 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
17641 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
17642 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
17643 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
17645 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
17647 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
17650 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
17651 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
17657 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
17661 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
17666 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
17669 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
17670 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
17673 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
17674 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
17675 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
17676 even for bit-fields. */
17677 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
17680 gcc_unreachable ();
17683 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
17684 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
17685 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
17686 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
17687 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
17690 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
17691 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
17692 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
17695 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
17696 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
17697 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
17698 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
17699 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
17700 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
17702 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
17703 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
17704 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
17707 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17709 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
17710 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
17711 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
17712 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
17713 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
17714 HOST_WIDE_INT bit_offset
;
17716 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
17717 gcc_assert (type
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
17719 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
17720 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
17721 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
17722 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
17723 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
17726 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
17728 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
17729 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
17730 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
17731 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
17732 below must take account of these differences. */
17733 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
17734 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
17736 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
17738 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
17739 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
17743 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
17744 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
17745 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
17747 if (bit_offset
< 0)
17748 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
17750 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) bit_offset
);
17753 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
17754 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
17757 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17759 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
17760 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
17761 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
));
17763 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
17764 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
17767 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
17768 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
17771 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
17773 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
17774 && prototype_p (func_type
))
17775 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
17778 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
17779 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
17782 static inline dw_die_ref
17783 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
17785 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
17787 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
17789 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
17790 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
17791 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
17793 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
17794 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
17798 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
17800 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
17802 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
17805 if (DECL_P (origin
))
17806 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
17807 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
17808 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
17810 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
17811 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
17812 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
17813 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
17814 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
17815 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
17816 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
17820 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
17824 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
17827 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
17829 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
17831 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
17833 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
17834 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
17835 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
17836 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
17839 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
17840 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
17841 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
))
17842 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
17843 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
17847 /* Add a DW_AT_linkage_name or DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute for the
17848 given decl. This used to be a vendor extension until after DWARF 4
17849 standardized it. */
17852 add_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17854 const char *name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
));
17856 /* Mimic what assemble_name_raw does with a leading '*'. */
17857 if (name
[0] == '*')
17860 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
17861 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_linkage_name
, name
);
17863 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
, name
);
17866 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
17869 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17871 expanded_location s
;
17873 if (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
) == UNKNOWN_LOCATION
)
17875 s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
17876 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
17877 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
17880 /* Add DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute for the given decl. */
17883 add_linkage_name (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17885 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
17886 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
17887 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
17888 && !(TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_REGISTER (decl
))
17889 && die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_member
)
17891 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
17892 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl
))
17894 limbo_die_node
*asm_name
;
17896 asm_name
= ggc_alloc_cleared_limbo_die_node ();
17897 asm_name
->die
= die
;
17898 asm_name
->created_for
= decl
;
17899 asm_name
->next
= deferred_asm_name
;
17900 deferred_asm_name
= asm_name
;
17902 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
17903 add_linkage_attr (die
, decl
);
17907 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
17908 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
17911 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17915 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
17916 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
17918 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
17920 add_name_attribute (die
, name
);
17921 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
17922 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
17924 add_linkage_name (die
, decl
);
17927 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17928 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17929 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17930 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
17932 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
17933 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
17934 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
17936 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
17939 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17940 /* Output the debug main pointer die for VMS */
17943 dwarf2out_vms_debug_main_pointer (void)
17945 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
17948 /* Allocate the VMS debug main subprogram die. */
17949 die
= ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
17950 die
->die_tag
= DW_TAG_subprogram
;
17951 add_name_attribute (die
, VMS_DEBUG_MAIN_POINTER
);
17952 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
17953 current_function_funcdef_no
);
17954 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
17956 /* Make it the first child of comp_unit_die (). */
17957 die
->die_parent
= comp_unit_die ();
17958 if (comp_unit_die ()->die_child
)
17960 die
->die_sib
= comp_unit_die ()->die_child
->die_sib
;
17961 comp_unit_die ()->die_child
->die_sib
= die
;
17965 die
->die_sib
= die
;
17966 comp_unit_die ()->die_child
= die
;
17969 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
17971 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
17974 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
17976 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, decl_scope_table
, scope
);
17979 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
17982 pop_decl_scope (void)
17984 VEC_pop (tree
, decl_scope_table
);
17987 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
17988 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
17989 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
17990 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
17991 the current active scope. */
17994 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17996 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
17997 tree containing_scope
;
18000 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
18001 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t
));
18003 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
18005 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
18006 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
18008 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
18011 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
18014 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
18015 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
18016 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
18017 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
18018 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
18020 if (SCOPE_FILE_SCOPE_P (containing_scope
))
18021 scope_die
= comp_unit_die ();
18022 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
18024 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
18025 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
18026 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
18027 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
18028 if (VEC_index (tree
, decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
18033 gcc_assert (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
18034 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
));
18035 /*We are not in the middle of emitting the type
18036 CONTAINING_SCOPE. Let's see if it's emitted already. */
18037 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
18039 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
18040 if (scope_die
== NULL
)
18041 scope_die
= comp_unit_die ();
18044 scope_die
= lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (containing_scope
);
18047 scope_die
= context_die
;
18052 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
18055 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
18057 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
18058 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
18059 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
18065 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
18068 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
18070 return (context_die
18071 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
18072 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
18073 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_interface_type
18074 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
18077 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
18078 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
18081 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
18083 return (class_scope_p (context_die
)
18084 || (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
18087 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
18088 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
18089 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
18092 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
18093 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18095 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
18096 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
18098 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
18099 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
18100 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
18101 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
18102 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
|| code
== FIXED_POINT_TYPE
)
18103 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
18104 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
18106 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
18107 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
18108 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
18109 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
18110 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
18113 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
18114 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
18115 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
18118 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
18119 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
18122 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
18123 function call type. */
18125 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die
, tree decl
)
18127 enum dwarf_calling_convention value
= DW_CC_normal
;
18129 value
= ((enum dwarf_calling_convention
)
18130 targetm
.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
18133 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)), "MAIN__"))
18135 /* DWARF 2 doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
18136 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
18137 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
18138 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we used this for
18139 a long time, following existing custom. Now, DWARF 4 has
18140 DW_AT_main_subprogram, which we add below, but some tools still
18141 rely on the old way, which we thus keep. */
18142 value
= DW_CC_program
;
18144 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
18145 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_main_subprogram
, 1);
18148 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
18149 is not DW_CC_normal. */
18150 if (value
&& (value
!= DW_CC_normal
))
18151 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_calling_convention
, value
);
18154 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
18155 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
18156 was declared without a tag. */
18158 static const char *
18159 type_tag (const_tree type
)
18161 const char *name
= 0;
18163 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
18167 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
18168 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
18169 && !TYPE_NAMELESS (type
))
18170 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
18172 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
18173 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
18175 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
18176 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
18178 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
18179 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
18180 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
18181 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
18182 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
))
18183 && !DECL_NAMELESS (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
18184 name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type
), 2);
18187 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
18188 if (!name
&& t
!= 0)
18189 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
18192 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
18195 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
18196 for bit field types. */
18199 member_declared_type (const_tree member
)
18201 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
18202 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
18205 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
18206 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
18209 static const char *
18210 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
18213 const char *fnname
;
18215 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
18216 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x
));
18219 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
18221 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
18226 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
18227 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
18228 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
18231 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18233 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
18234 dw_die_ref array_die
;
18236 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
18237 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
18238 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
18239 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
18240 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
18241 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
18242 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
18243 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
18244 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
18246 bool collapse_nested_arrays
= !is_ada ();
18249 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
18250 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
18251 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
)
18252 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
18254 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
))
18256 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
18258 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die
, type
);
18259 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
18260 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
18261 size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
18263 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
18264 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) != NULL_TREE
18265 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)) != NULL_TREE
18266 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))))
18268 tree szdecl
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
));
18269 dw_loc_list_ref loc
= loc_list_from_tree (szdecl
, 2);
18271 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl
));
18272 if (loc
&& size
> 0)
18274 add_AT_location_description (array_die
, DW_AT_string_length
, loc
);
18275 if (size
!= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
18276 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
18282 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
18283 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
18284 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
18285 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
18288 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18289 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
18290 collapse_nested_arrays
= false;
18293 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
18294 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
18295 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
18297 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
18298 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
18300 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
18302 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
18303 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
18304 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type
)))
18305 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
18308 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
18309 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
18310 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
18311 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
18312 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
18313 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
18314 for multidimensional arrays. */
18315 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
18318 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18319 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
18320 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
18321 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
18322 && ! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
18323 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18326 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
18328 /* For VECTOR_TYPEs we use an array die with appropriate bounds. */
18329 dw_die_ref subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, array_die
, NULL
);
18330 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, size_zero_node
);
18331 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
18332 size_int (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (type
) - 1));
18335 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
, collapse_nested_arrays
);
18337 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
18338 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
18339 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
18340 if (collapse_nested_arrays
)
18341 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
18343 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type
) && is_fortran ())
18345 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
18348 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18349 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
18352 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
18354 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18355 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
18358 static dw_loc_descr_ref
18359 descr_info_loc (tree val
, tree base_decl
)
18361 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
18362 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, loc2
;
18363 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
18365 if (val
== base_decl
)
18366 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address
, 0, 0);
18368 switch (TREE_CODE (val
))
18371 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
18373 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val
, 0);
18375 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
18376 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
18379 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val
));
18382 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
18385 if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
18386 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
18388 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
, size
, 0));
18390 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
18392 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
18393 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
18396 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
18399 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 0));
18405 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
18408 loc2
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), base_decl
);
18411 add_loc_descr (&loc
, loc2
);
18412 add_loc_descr (&loc2
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
18434 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr
,
18435 tree val
, tree base_decl
)
18437 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
18439 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
18441 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr
, tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
18445 loc
= descr_info_loc (val
, base_decl
);
18449 add_AT_loc (die
, attr
, loc
);
18452 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
18453 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
18456 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type
, struct array_descr_info
*info
,
18457 dw_die_ref context_die
)
18459 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
18460 dw_die_ref array_die
;
18463 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
18464 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
18465 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
18467 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
18469 && info
->ndimensions
>= 2)
18470 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
18472 if (info
->data_location
)
18473 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_data_location
, info
->data_location
,
18475 if (info
->associated
)
18476 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_associated
, info
->associated
,
18478 if (info
->allocated
)
18479 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_allocated
, info
->allocated
,
18482 for (dim
= 0; dim
< info
->ndimensions
; dim
++)
18484 dw_die_ref subrange_die
18485 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, array_die
, NULL
);
18487 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
)
18489 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
18492 if (host_integerp (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
, 0)
18493 && (dflt
= lower_bound_default ()) != -1
18494 && tree_low_cst (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
, 0) == dflt
)
18497 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
18498 info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
,
18501 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
)
18502 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
18503 info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
,
18505 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
)
18506 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_stride
,
18507 info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
,
18511 gen_type_die (info
->element_type
, context_die
);
18512 add_type_attribute (array_die
, info
->element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
18514 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18515 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
18520 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18522 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
18523 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
18525 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18526 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
18529 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
18530 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
18531 0, 0, context_die
);
18534 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
18535 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
18537 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
18541 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
18542 emit full debugging info for them. */
18545 retry_incomplete_types (void)
18549 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
18550 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
),
18551 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
18552 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die ());
18555 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
18557 static enum dwarf_tag
18558 record_type_tag (tree type
)
18560 if (! lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record
)
18561 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
18563 switch (lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record (type
))
18565 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT
:
18566 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
18568 case RECORD_IS_CLASS
:
18569 return DW_TAG_class_type
;
18571 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE
:
18572 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18573 return DW_TAG_interface_type
;
18574 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
18577 gcc_unreachable ();
18581 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
18582 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
18583 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
18587 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18589 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
18591 if (type_die
== NULL
)
18593 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
18594 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18595 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
18596 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
18597 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
18599 if (ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type
))
18600 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_enum_class
, 1);
18601 if (ENUM_IS_OPAQUE (type
))
18602 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18605 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
18608 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18610 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
18611 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
18612 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
18613 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
18617 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
18618 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
18619 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
18621 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
18622 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
18625 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18626 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
18627 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
18628 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
18630 for (link
= TYPE_VALUES (type
);
18631 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
18633 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
18634 tree value
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
18636 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
18637 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
18639 if (TREE_CODE (value
) == CONST_DECL
)
18640 value
= DECL_INITIAL (value
);
18642 if (host_integerp (value
, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
))))
18643 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
18644 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
18645 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
18646 values as if they were signed. That means that
18647 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
18648 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
18649 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
18650 tree_low_cst (value
, tree_int_cst_sgn (value
) > 0));
18654 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18656 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18657 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
18662 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
18663 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
18666 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
18667 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
18668 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
18669 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
18670 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
18671 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
18672 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
18673 argument type of some subprogram type.
18674 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
18678 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, tree origin
, bool emit_name_p
,
18679 dw_die_ref context_die
)
18681 tree node_or_origin
= node
? node
: origin
;
18682 tree ultimate_origin
;
18683 dw_die_ref parm_die
18684 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
18686 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin
)))
18688 case tcc_declaration
:
18689 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin
);
18690 if (node
|| ultimate_origin
)
18691 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
18692 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18693 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
18694 else if (emit_name_p
)
18695 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
18697 || (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin
)
18698 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin
),
18699 decl_function_context
18700 (node_or_origin
))))
18702 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin
);
18703 if (decl_by_reference_p (node_or_origin
))
18704 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0,
18707 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, type
,
18708 TREE_READONLY (node_or_origin
),
18709 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node_or_origin
),
18712 if (origin
== NULL
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
18713 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18715 if (node
&& node
!= origin
)
18716 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
18717 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin
))
18718 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
,
18719 node
== NULL
, DW_AT_location
);
18724 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
18725 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
, 0, 0, context_die
);
18729 gcc_unreachable ();
18735 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
18736 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
18739 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
18740 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
18741 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
18742 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
18743 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
18744 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
18747 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
18749 dw_die_ref subr_die
,
18753 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die
;
18755 gcc_assert (parm_pack
18756 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack
)
18759 parm_pack_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
, subr_die
, parm_pack
);
18760 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die
, parm_pack
);
18762 for (arg
= pack_arg
; arg
; arg
= DECL_CHAIN (arg
))
18764 if (! lang_hooks
.decls
.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg
,
18767 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg
, NULL
,
18768 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
18773 return parm_pack_die
;
18776 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
18777 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
18780 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18782 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
18785 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
18786 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
18787 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
18788 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
18791 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18794 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
18795 tree first_parm_type
;
18798 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
18800 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
18801 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
18806 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
18808 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
18809 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
18810 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
18812 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
18814 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
18815 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
18818 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
18819 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, NULL
,
18820 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
18822 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
18823 && link
== first_parm_type
)
18825 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18826 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18827 add_AT_die_ref (context_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
, parm_die
);
18829 else if (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
))
18830 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18832 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
18834 arg
= DECL_CHAIN (arg
);
18837 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
18838 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
18839 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
18840 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
18842 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
18843 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
18844 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
18845 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
18846 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
18847 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
18850 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
18851 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
18852 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
18853 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
18854 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
18857 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18859 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
18861 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
18862 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
18863 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
18864 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
18865 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
18867 dw_die_ref type_die
;
18868 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member
));
18870 push_decl_scope (type
);
18871 type_die
= lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (type
);
18872 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
18873 gen_subprogram_die (member
, type_die
);
18874 else if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FIELD_DECL
)
18876 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
18877 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
18878 if (DECL_NAME (member
) != NULL_TREE
18879 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == UNION_TYPE
18880 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
18882 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member
), type_die
);
18883 gen_field_die (member
, type_die
);
18887 gen_variable_die (member
, NULL_TREE
, type_die
);
18893 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
18894 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
18897 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
18899 dw_die_ref old_die
;
18903 htab_t old_decl_loc_table
;
18904 htab_t old_cached_dw_loc_list_table
;
18905 int old_call_site_count
, old_tail_call_site_count
;
18906 struct call_arg_loc_node
*old_call_arg_locations
;
18908 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
18909 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
18911 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
18912 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
18913 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
18916 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
18917 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
18918 get locations in abstract instantces. */
18919 old_decl_loc_table
= decl_loc_table
;
18920 decl_loc_table
= NULL
;
18921 old_cached_dw_loc_list_table
= cached_dw_loc_list_table
;
18922 cached_dw_loc_list_table
= NULL
;
18923 old_call_arg_locations
= call_arg_locations
;
18924 call_arg_locations
= NULL
;
18925 old_call_site_count
= call_site_count
;
18926 call_site_count
= -1;
18927 old_tail_call_site_count
= tail_call_site_count
;
18928 tail_call_site_count
= -1;
18930 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
18931 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
18932 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18934 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
18936 gen_type_die_for_member
18937 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die ());
18940 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
18941 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
18942 current_function_decl
= decl
;
18943 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl
));
18945 was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
18946 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
18947 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
18948 if (! was_abstract
)
18949 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
18951 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
18952 decl_loc_table
= old_decl_loc_table
;
18953 cached_dw_loc_list_table
= old_cached_dw_loc_list_table
;
18954 call_arg_locations
= old_call_arg_locations
;
18955 call_site_count
= old_call_site_count
;
18956 tail_call_site_count
= old_tail_call_site_count
;
18960 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
18963 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
18964 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
18967 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
18972 type
= (tree
) *slot
;
18973 die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
18975 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
18979 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
18980 through htab_traverse.
18982 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
18983 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
18984 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
18987 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot
,
18988 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
18990 struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*entry
;
18993 entry
= (struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*) *slot
;
18994 gcc_assert (entry
->type
!= NULL
18995 && entry
->var_decl
!= NULL
);
18996 die
= lookup_type_die (entry
->type
);
18999 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
19000 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
19001 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_get_node (entry
->var_decl
);
19002 if (node
&& node
->needed
)
19004 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
19005 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
19006 while ((die
= die
->die_parent
) && die
->die_perennial_p
== 0)
19007 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
19013 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
19016 premark_used_types (void)
19018 if (cfun
&& cfun
->used_types_hash
)
19019 htab_traverse (cfun
->used_types_hash
, premark_used_types_helper
, NULL
);
19022 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
19025 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
19027 if (types_used_by_vars_hash
)
19028 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash
,
19029 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper
, NULL
);
19032 /* Generate a DW_TAG_GNU_call_site DIE in function DECL under SUBR_DIE
19033 for CA_LOC call arg loc node. */
19036 gen_call_site_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref subr_die
,
19037 struct call_arg_loc_node
*ca_loc
)
19039 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= NULL
, die
;
19040 tree block
= ca_loc
->block
;
19043 && block
!= DECL_INITIAL (decl
)
19044 && TREE_CODE (block
) == BLOCK
)
19046 if (VEC_length (dw_die_ref
, block_map
) > BLOCK_NUMBER (block
))
19047 stmt_die
= VEC_index (dw_die_ref
, block_map
, BLOCK_NUMBER (block
));
19050 block
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (block
);
19052 if (stmt_die
== NULL
)
19053 stmt_die
= subr_die
;
19054 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_call_site
, stmt_die
, NULL_TREE
);
19055 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, ca_loc
->label
);
19056 if (ca_loc
->tail_call_p
)
19057 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_GNU_tail_call
, 1);
19058 if (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
)
19060 dw_die_ref tdie
= lookup_decl_die (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
));
19062 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, tdie
);
19064 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, ca_loc
->symbol_ref
);
19069 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
19073 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19075 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
19076 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
19078 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19079 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
19080 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
19082 premark_used_types ();
19084 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
19085 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
19086 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
19087 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
19088 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
19090 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
19091 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
19094 gcc_assert (!old_die
);
19097 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
19098 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
19099 if (!declaration
&& !origin
&& !old_die
19100 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
19101 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
19102 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19103 old_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
19105 if (origin
!= NULL
)
19107 gcc_assert (!declaration
|| local_scope_p (context_die
));
19109 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
19110 inline function. */
19111 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
19112 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
19114 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
19115 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
19119 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
19120 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
19122 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
19123 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
19124 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
19125 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
19126 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
19128 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
19129 something we have already output. */
19133 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
19134 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
19135 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
19136 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
19137 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
19138 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
19139 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
19140 if ((is_cu_die (old_die
->die_parent
) || context_die
== NULL
)
19141 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
19142 || (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
19143 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
19144 == (unsigned) s
.line
))))
19146 subr_die
= old_die
;
19148 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
19149 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
19150 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
19151 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
19152 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
19153 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
19154 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
);
19155 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
19159 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
19160 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
19161 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
19162 add_AT_file (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
19163 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
19164 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
19169 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
19171 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
19172 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
19174 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
19175 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19177 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19178 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
19179 0, 0, context_die
);
19182 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
19183 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19184 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19186 add_accessibility_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
19191 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
19193 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19195 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
19196 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
19197 if (lang_hooks
.decls
.function_decl_explicit_p (decl
)
19198 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
19199 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_explicit
, 1);
19201 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
19202 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
19203 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
19204 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
19206 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
19207 later reused to represent definition. */
19208 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
19211 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
19213 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
19215 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
19216 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
19218 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
19222 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
19223 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
19225 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
19228 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
)
19229 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)))
19230 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19232 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
19234 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19236 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset
;
19238 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
19239 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
19241 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
19243 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[current_funcdef_fde
];
19244 if (fde
->dw_fde_begin
)
19246 /* We have already generated the labels. */
19247 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
);
19248 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, fde
->dw_fde_end
);
19252 /* Create start/end labels and add the range. */
19253 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
19254 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
19255 current_function_funcdef_no
);
19256 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
19257 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
19258 current_function_funcdef_no
);
19259 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
19262 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
19263 /* HP OpenVMS Industry Standard 64: DWARF Extensions
19264 Section 2.3 Prologue and Epilogue Attributes:
19265 When a breakpoint is set on entry to a function, it is generally
19266 desirable for execution to be suspended, not on the very first
19267 instruction of the function, but rather at a point after the
19268 function's frame has been set up, after any language defined local
19269 declaration processing has been completed, and before execution of
19270 the first statement of the function begins. Debuggers generally
19271 cannot properly determine where this point is. Similarly for a
19272 breakpoint set on exit from a function. The prologue and epilogue
19273 attributes allow a compiler to communicate the location(s) to use. */
19276 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
)
19277 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die
, DW_AT_HP_prologue
,
19278 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
);
19280 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
)
19281 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die
, DW_AT_HP_epilogue
,
19282 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
);
19286 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
19289 { /* Generate pubnames entries for the split function code
19291 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[current_funcdef_fde
];
19293 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
)
19295 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19297 /* We should use ranges for non-contiguous code section
19298 addresses. Use the actual code range for the initial
19299 section, since the HOT/COLD labels might precede an
19300 alignment offset. */
19301 bool range_list_added
= false;
19302 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
19303 fde
->dw_fde_end
, &range_list_added
);
19304 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
19305 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
,
19306 &range_list_added
);
19307 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
19308 if (range_list_added
)
19313 /* There is no real support in DW2 for this .. so we make
19314 a work-around. First, emit the pub name for the segment
19315 containing the function label. Then make and emit a
19316 simplified subprogram DIE for the second segment with the
19317 name pre-fixed by __hot/cold_sect_of_. We use the same
19318 linkage name for the second die so that gdb will find both
19319 sections when given "b foo". */
19320 const char *name
= NULL
;
19321 tree decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
19322 dw_die_ref seg_die
;
19324 /* Do the 'primary' section. */
19325 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
,
19326 fde
->dw_fde_begin
);
19327 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
,
19330 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
19332 /* Build a minimal DIE for the secondary section. */
19333 seg_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
,
19334 subr_die
->die_parent
, decl
);
19336 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
19337 add_AT_flag (seg_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
19339 if (decl_name
!= NULL
19340 && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
19342 name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
19343 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19344 add_src_coords_attributes (seg_die
, decl
);
19346 add_linkage_name (seg_die
, decl
);
19348 gcc_assert (name
!= NULL
);
19349 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (seg_die
, decl
);
19350 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19351 add_AT_flag (seg_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19353 name
= concat ("__second_sect_of_", name
, NULL
);
19354 add_AT_lbl_id (seg_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
,
19355 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
);
19356 add_AT_lbl_id (seg_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
,
19357 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
);
19358 add_name_attribute (seg_die
, name
);
19359 add_pubname_string (name
, seg_die
);
19364 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
);
19365 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, fde
->dw_fde_end
);
19366 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
19370 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
19371 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
19372 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
19375 cfa_fb_offset
= CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl
);
19377 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
19378 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
19379 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
19380 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
19381 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
19382 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
19383 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
19385 if (dwarf_version
>= 3)
19387 dw_loc_descr_ref op
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
, 0, 0);
19388 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, op
);
19392 dw_loc_list_ref list
= convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset
);
19393 if (list
->dw_loc_next
)
19394 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
);
19396 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
->expr
);
19399 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
19400 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
19401 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
19402 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
19403 by this displacement. */
19404 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset
);
19406 if (cfun
->static_chain_decl
)
19407 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
19408 loc_list_from_tree (cfun
->static_chain_decl
, 2));
19411 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
19412 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19413 gen_generic_params_dies (decl
);
19415 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
19416 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
19417 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
19418 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
19419 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
19420 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
19421 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
19422 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
19423 an ellipsis at the end. */
19425 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
19426 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
19427 its formal parameters. */
19428 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19430 else if (declaration
)
19431 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
19434 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
19435 tree parm
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
19436 tree generic_decl
= lang_hooks
.decls
.get_generic_function_decl (decl
);
19437 tree generic_decl_parm
= generic_decl
19438 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl
)
19441 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
19442 emit their relevant DIEs.
19444 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
19445 as well as it being a normal function.
19447 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
19448 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
19449 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
19450 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
19451 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
19452 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
19453 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
19454 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
19455 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
19458 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
19459 while (generic_decl_parm
|| parm
)
19461 if (generic_decl_parm
19462 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm
))
19463 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm
,
19468 dw_die_ref parm_die
= gen_decl_die (parm
, NULL
, subr_die
);
19470 if (parm
== DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
)
19471 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == METHOD_TYPE
19473 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
19474 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
, parm_die
);
19476 parm
= DECL_CHAIN (parm
);
19479 if (generic_decl_parm
)
19480 generic_decl_parm
= DECL_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm
);
19483 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
19484 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
19485 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
19486 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
19487 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
19488 parameters at all. */
19489 if (prototype_p (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
19491 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
19492 if (stdarg_p (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
19493 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
19495 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
19496 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
19499 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
19500 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
19501 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
19503 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
19504 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
19505 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
19506 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
19507 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
19508 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
19509 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
19511 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
19512 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
19513 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
19514 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
19515 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
19516 constructor function. */
19517 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
19519 int call_site_note_count
= 0;
19520 int tail_call_site_note_count
= 0;
19522 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
19523 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl
)))
19524 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl
), NULL
, subr_die
);
19526 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
19527 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
19529 if (call_arg_locations
&& !dwarf_strict
)
19531 struct call_arg_loc_node
*ca_loc
;
19532 for (ca_loc
= call_arg_locations
; ca_loc
; ca_loc
= ca_loc
->next
)
19534 dw_die_ref die
= NULL
;
19535 rtx tloc
= NULL_RTX
, tlocc
= NULL_RTX
;
19538 for (arg
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (ca_loc
->call_arg_loc_note
);
19539 arg
; arg
= next_arg
)
19541 dw_loc_descr_ref reg
, val
;
19542 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1));
19545 next_arg
= XEXP (arg
, 1);
19546 if (REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0))
19548 && MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg
, 0), 0))
19549 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg
, 0), 0), 0))
19550 && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0))
19551 == REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg
, 0), 0), 0)))
19552 next_arg
= XEXP (next_arg
, 1);
19553 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
19555 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0));
19556 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
19557 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (arg
, 0));
19559 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
19560 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
19562 if (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0) == pc_rtx
)
19564 gcc_assert (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
== NULL_RTX
);
19565 tloc
= XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1);
19568 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0)) == CLOBBER
19569 && XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0), 0) == pc_rtx
)
19571 gcc_assert (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
== NULL_RTX
);
19572 tlocc
= XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1);
19575 if (REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0)))
19576 reg
= reg_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0),
19577 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
19578 else if (MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0)))
19579 reg
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0),
19581 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
19586 val
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1), VOIDmode
,
19587 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
19591 die
= gen_call_site_die (decl
, subr_die
, ca_loc
);
19592 cdie
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_call_site_parameter
, die
,
19594 add_AT_loc (cdie
, DW_AT_location
, reg
);
19595 add_AT_loc (cdie
, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_value
, val
);
19596 if (next_arg
!= XEXP (arg
, 1))
19598 val
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 1),
19600 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
19602 add_AT_loc (cdie
, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_data_value
, val
);
19606 && (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
|| tloc
))
19607 die
= gen_call_site_die (decl
, subr_die
, ca_loc
);
19608 if (die
!= NULL
&& (tloc
!= NULL_RTX
|| tlocc
!= NULL_RTX
))
19610 dw_loc_descr_ref tval
= NULL
;
19612 if (tloc
!= NULL_RTX
)
19613 tval
= mem_loc_descriptor (tloc
, VOIDmode
,
19614 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
19616 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target
, tval
);
19617 else if (tlocc
!= NULL_RTX
)
19619 tval
= mem_loc_descriptor (tlocc
, VOIDmode
,
19620 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
19622 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target_clobbered
,
19628 call_site_note_count
++;
19629 if (ca_loc
->tail_call_p
)
19630 tail_call_site_note_count
++;
19634 call_arg_locations
= NULL
;
19635 call_arg_loc_last
= NULL
;
19636 if (tail_call_site_count
>= 0
19637 && tail_call_site_count
== tail_call_site_note_count
19640 if (call_site_count
>= 0
19641 && call_site_count
== call_site_note_count
)
19642 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites
, 1);
19644 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_GNU_all_tail_call_sites
, 1);
19646 call_site_count
= -1;
19647 tail_call_site_count
= -1;
19649 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
19650 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
19654 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
19657 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
19659 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
19660 return (hashval_t
) d
->decl_id
^ htab_hash_pointer (d
->die_parent
);
19663 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
19664 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
19667 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
19669 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
19670 const_dw_die_ref e
= (const_dw_die_ref
) y
;
19671 return d
->decl_id
== e
->decl_id
&& d
->die_parent
== e
->die_parent
;
19674 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
19675 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
19678 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19682 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
19683 tree ultimate_origin
;
19684 dw_die_ref var_die
;
19685 dw_die_ref old_die
= decl
? lookup_decl_die (decl
) : NULL
;
19686 dw_die_ref origin_die
;
19687 bool declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin
)
19688 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
19689 bool specialization_p
= false;
19691 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
19692 if (decl
|| ultimate_origin
)
19693 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
19694 com_decl
= fortran_common (decl_or_origin
, &off
);
19696 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
19697 of a data member. */
19700 dw_die_ref com_die
;
19701 dw_loc_list_ref loc
;
19702 die_node com_die_arg
;
19704 var_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
19707 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
)
19709 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, off
? 1 : 2);
19714 /* Optimize the common case. */
19715 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
19716 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
19717 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
19718 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
)
19720 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
19721 = plus_constant (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
19723 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
19725 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
19726 remove_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
19732 if (common_block_die_table
== NULL
)
19733 common_block_die_table
19734 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash
,
19735 common_block_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
19737 com_die_arg
.decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
19738 com_die_arg
.die_parent
= context_die
;
19739 com_die
= (dw_die_ref
) htab_find (common_block_die_table
, &com_die_arg
);
19740 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
19741 if (com_die
== NULL
)
19744 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl
));
19747 com_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_common_block
, context_die
, decl
);
19748 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die
, com_decl
);
19751 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
19752 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
19753 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
19754 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
19756 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19757 add_AT_flag (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19758 add_pubname_string (cnam
, com_die
); /* ??? needed? */
19759 com_die
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
19760 slot
= htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table
, com_die
, INSERT
);
19761 *slot
= (void *) com_die
;
19763 else if (get_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
&& loc
)
19765 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
19766 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
19767 remove_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
19769 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, com_die
, decl
);
19770 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
19771 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
19772 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
19773 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
19778 /* Optimize the common case. */
19779 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
19780 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
19781 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
19782 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
19783 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
19784 = plus_constant (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
19786 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
19788 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
19790 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19791 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19792 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
19796 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
19797 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
19798 DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are
19799 inside functions, though. */
19800 if (old_die
&& declaration
&& !local_scope_p (context_die
))
19803 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
19804 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
19805 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
19806 if (declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
19807 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
19809 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
19812 if (origin
!= NULL
)
19813 origin_die
= add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
19815 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
19816 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
19818 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
19819 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
19822 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
19824 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
19825 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
19826 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
19828 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
) && ! declaration
19829 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
19831 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
19832 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
19833 specialization_p
= true;
19834 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
19836 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
19837 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
19839 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
19840 add_AT_file (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
19842 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
19843 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
19845 if (old_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_member
)
19846 add_linkage_name (var_die
, decl
);
19850 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
19852 if ((origin
== NULL
&& !specialization_p
)
19854 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin
)
19855 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
),
19856 decl_function_context
19857 (decl_or_origin
))))
19859 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
);
19861 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
19862 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
19864 add_type_attribute (var_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl_or_origin
),
19865 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
19868 if (origin
== NULL
&& !specialization_p
)
19870 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
19871 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
19873 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19874 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19876 add_accessibility_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
19880 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19882 if (decl
&& (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) || declaration
|| old_die
== NULL
))
19883 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
19886 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin
)
19887 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
19888 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
19890 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
19891 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
19892 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin
)))
19893 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
19894 to add it again. */
19895 && (origin_die
== NULL
|| get_AT (origin_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
))
19897 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
&& TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
19898 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin
)))
19899 defer_location (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
19901 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl_or_origin
,
19902 decl
== NULL
, DW_AT_location
);
19903 add_pubname (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
19906 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die
, decl_or_origin
);
19909 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
19912 gen_const_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19914 dw_die_ref const_die
;
19915 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
19917 const_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_constant
, context_die
, decl
);
19918 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die
, decl
);
19919 add_type_attribute (const_die
, type
, 1, 0, context_die
);
19920 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
19921 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
19922 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19923 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19924 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die
, decl
);
19927 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
19930 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19932 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
19933 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
19935 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
19937 if (origin
!= NULL
)
19938 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
19940 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
19942 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
19943 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
19946 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
19948 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
19949 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
19950 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
19954 && NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
19956 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
19957 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
19958 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
19959 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
19960 it if it ever does happen. */
19961 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn
));
19963 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
19964 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
19969 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
19970 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
19971 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
19974 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
19976 expanded_location s
= expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
));
19978 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19980 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_call_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
19981 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_line
, s
.line
);
19986 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19987 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
19990 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
19992 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
19994 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
)
19995 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
19999 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
))
20001 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
20002 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
20003 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
20006 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
20008 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
20011 add_ranges (chain
);
20012 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
20019 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
20020 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
20021 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
20022 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
20023 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
20024 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
20028 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
20031 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
20033 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
20035 if (call_arg_locations
)
20037 if (VEC_length (dw_die_ref
, block_map
) <= BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
))
20038 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_die_ref
, heap
, block_map
,
20039 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
) + 1);
20040 VEC_replace (dw_die_ref
, block_map
, BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
), stmt_die
);
20043 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
20044 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, stmt_die
);
20046 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
20049 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
20052 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
20056 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
20058 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
));
20060 decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
20062 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
20063 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
20064 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
20065 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
20066 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
20068 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
20070 dw_die_ref subr_die
20071 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
20073 if (call_arg_locations
)
20075 if (VEC_length (dw_die_ref
, block_map
) <= BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
))
20076 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_die_ref
, heap
, block_map
,
20077 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
) + 1);
20078 VEC_replace (dw_die_ref
, block_map
, BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
), subr_die
);
20080 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
20081 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
20082 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
20083 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
20085 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
20086 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
20090 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
20093 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20095 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
20097 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
20100 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
20101 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
20102 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
20103 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
20106 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
20108 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
20109 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
20110 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
20113 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
20114 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
20116 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
20117 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
20119 add_accessibility_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
20121 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
20122 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
20126 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
20127 Use modified_type_die instead.
20128 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
20129 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
20132 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20135 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
20137 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
20138 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
20139 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
20142 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
20143 Use modified_type_die instead.
20144 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
20145 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
20148 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20150 dw_die_ref ref_die
, scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
20152 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type
) && use_debug_types
)
20153 ref_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
, scope_die
, type
);
20155 ref_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die
, type
);
20157 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
20158 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
20159 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
20163 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
20166 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20169 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
20170 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
20172 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
20173 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
20174 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
20175 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
20178 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
20181 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
20184 char producer
[250];
20185 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
20188 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
20192 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
20193 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
20194 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
) && filename
[0] != '<')
20195 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
20198 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
20200 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
20201 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
20202 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
20203 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
20204 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
20205 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
20206 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
20207 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20208 strcat (producer
, " -g");
20211 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
20213 /* If our producer is LTO try to figure out a common language to use
20214 from the global list of translation units. */
20215 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU GIMPLE") == 0)
20219 const char *common_lang
= NULL
;
20221 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tree
, all_translation_units
, i
, t
)
20223 if (!TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
))
20226 common_lang
= TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
);
20227 else if (strcmp (common_lang
, TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
)) == 0)
20229 else if (strncmp (common_lang
, "GNU C", 5) == 0
20230 && strncmp (TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
), "GNU C", 5) == 0)
20231 /* Mixing C and C++ is ok, use C++ in that case. */
20232 common_lang
= "GNU C++";
20235 /* Fall back to C. */
20236 common_lang
= NULL
;
20242 language_string
= common_lang
;
20245 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
20246 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
20247 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
20248 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
20249 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
20250 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
20251 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
20252 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
20254 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
20255 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
20256 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
20257 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran95
;
20258 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
20259 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
20260 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
20261 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC
;
20262 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
20263 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
20266 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
20270 case DW_LANG_Fortran77
:
20271 case DW_LANG_Fortran90
:
20272 case DW_LANG_Fortran95
:
20273 /* Fortran has case insensitive identifiers and the front-end
20274 lowercases everything. */
20275 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_identifier_case
, DW_ID_down_case
);
20278 /* The default DW_ID_case_sensitive doesn't need to be specified. */
20284 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
20287 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20289 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
20291 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
20292 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
20294 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo
))
20295 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
20297 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
20298 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
20299 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_private. */
20300 if (access
== access_public_node
)
20302 if (dwarf_version
== 2
20303 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
)
20304 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
20306 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
20307 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
20308 else if (dwarf_version
> 2
20309 && context_die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
20310 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
20313 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
20316 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20319 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
20322 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
20323 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
20324 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
20325 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
20326 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
20327 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
20328 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
20329 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
20330 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
20331 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
20332 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
20334 /* First output info about the base classes. */
20337 VEC(tree
,gc
) *accesses
= BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo
);
20341 for (i
= 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo
, i
, base
); i
++)
20342 gen_inheritance_die (base
,
20343 (accesses
? VEC_index (tree
, accesses
, i
)
20344 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
20347 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
20348 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= DECL_CHAIN (member
))
20350 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
20351 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
20352 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
20353 do put them in the right order. */
20355 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
20357 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
20359 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
20362 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
20363 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= DECL_CHAIN (member
))
20365 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
20366 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
20369 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
20371 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
20373 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
20377 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
20378 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
20379 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
20382 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
20383 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
20385 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
20386 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
20388 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
20389 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
20390 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
20391 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
20392 complete
= complete
&& should_emit_struct_debug (type
, usage
);
20394 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
20397 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
20398 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
20399 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
20402 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
20404 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& is_cu_die (scope_die
)))
20405 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
20407 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
20409 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
20410 ? record_type_tag (type
) : DW_TAG_union_type
,
20412 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
20414 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
20416 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
20419 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
20421 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
20422 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
20423 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type
))
20424 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (type
);
20426 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
20427 then give a list of members. */
20428 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
20430 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
20431 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
20432 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20433 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
20434 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
20436 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
20437 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
20440 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
20441 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
20442 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
20443 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
20445 push_decl_scope (type
);
20446 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
20449 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
20450 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
20452 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
20454 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
20455 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
20456 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
20461 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
20463 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
20464 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
20465 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
20466 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, incomplete_types
, type
);
20469 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
20470 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
20473 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
20476 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20478 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
20479 dw_die_ref subr_die
20480 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
20481 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
20483 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
20484 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
20485 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
20486 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
20488 if (get_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_name
))
20489 add_pubtype (type
, subr_die
);
20492 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
20495 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20497 dw_die_ref type_die
;
20500 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
20503 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
20504 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
20505 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
20506 if (origin
!= NULL
)
20507 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
20512 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
20513 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
20515 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
20517 gcc_assert (type
!= TREE_TYPE (decl
));
20518 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
20522 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
20524 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
20526 /* Here, we are in the case of decl being a typedef naming
20527 an anonymous type, e.g:
20528 typedef struct {...} foo;
20529 In that case TREE_TYPE (decl) is not a typedef variant
20530 type and TYPE_NAME of the anonymous type is set to the
20531 TYPE_DECL of the typedef. This construct is emitted by
20534 TYPE is the anonymous struct named by the typedef
20535 DECL. As we need the DW_AT_type attribute of the
20536 DW_TAG_typedef to point to the DIE of TYPE, let's
20537 generate that DIE right away. add_type_attribute
20538 called below will then pick (via lookup_type_die) that
20539 anonymous struct DIE. */
20540 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
20541 gen_tagged_type_die (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
20543 /* This is a GNU Extension. We are adding a
20544 DW_AT_linkage_name attribute to the DIE of the
20545 anonymous struct TYPE. The value of that attribute
20546 is the name of the typedef decl naming the anonymous
20547 struct. This greatly eases the work of consumers of
20548 this debug info. */
20549 add_linkage_attr (lookup_type_die (type
), decl
);
20553 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
20554 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
20556 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (decl
))
20557 /* We want that all subsequent calls to lookup_type_die with
20558 TYPE in argument yield the DW_TAG_typedef we have just
20560 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
20562 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, decl
);
20565 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
20566 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
20568 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
20569 add_pubtype (decl
, type_die
);
20572 /* Generate a DIE for a struct, class, enum or union type. */
20575 gen_tagged_type_die (tree type
,
20576 dw_die_ref context_die
,
20577 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
20581 if (type
== NULL_TREE
20582 || !is_tagged_type (type
))
20585 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
20586 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
20587 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
20588 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
20589 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
20590 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
20591 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
20592 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
20593 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
20595 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
, usage
);
20597 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
20600 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
20601 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
20602 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
20605 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
20606 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
20608 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
20609 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
20610 decls_for_scope. */
20611 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
20612 /* A declaration DIE doesn't count; nested types need to go in the
20614 if (context_die
&& is_declaration_die (context_die
))
20615 context_die
= NULL
;
20620 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
20624 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
20626 /* This might have been written out by the call to
20627 declare_in_namespace. */
20628 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
20629 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20632 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
20637 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
20638 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
20639 when appropriate. */
20642 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
20645 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
20646 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
20648 struct array_descr_info info
;
20650 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
20653 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != NULL_TREE
20654 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
20655 && is_redundant_typedef (TYPE_NAME (type
))
20656 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
20657 /* The DECL of this type is a typedef we don't want to emit debug
20658 info for but we want debug info for its underlying typedef.
20659 This can happen for e.g, the injected-class-name of a C++
20661 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
));
20663 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
20664 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
20665 if (typedef_variant_p (type
))
20667 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
20670 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
20671 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) != type
);
20673 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
20674 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
20675 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))
20676 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
20677 context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
20679 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20681 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), NULL
, context_die
);
20685 /* If type is an anonymous tagged type named by a typedef, let's
20686 generate debug info for the typedef. */
20687 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
20689 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
20690 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
20691 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))
20692 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
20693 context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
20695 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), NULL
, context_die
);
20699 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
20700 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
)
20701 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info
20702 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info (type
, &info
)
20703 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
20705 gen_descr_array_type_die (type
, &info
, context_die
);
20706 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20710 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
20711 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
20712 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
20713 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
20714 cloned type itself). */
20715 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
20716 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
20718 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
20721 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
20727 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
20728 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
20729 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
20730 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
20731 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
20733 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20735 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
20736 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
20737 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
20738 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
20742 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
20743 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
20744 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
,
20745 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
20747 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
20748 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
20749 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
20751 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
20753 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20756 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
20757 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
20758 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
20759 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
20760 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20764 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
20765 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
20766 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
20767 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20771 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20775 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20778 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
20781 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
20782 gen_tagged_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
20788 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
20791 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
20796 /* Just use DW_TAG_unspecified_type. */
20798 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
20799 if (type_die
== NULL
)
20801 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
20802 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
20803 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
20804 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
20805 add_name_attribute (type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
20806 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
20812 gcc_unreachable ();
20815 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20819 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20821 gen_type_die_with_usage (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
20824 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
20825 things which are local to the given block. */
20828 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
20830 int must_output_die
= 0;
20833 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
20834 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
20837 inlined_func
= inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
);
20839 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
20840 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
20841 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
20842 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
20846 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
20847 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
20852 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
20855 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
20856 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
20857 must_output_die
= 1;
20860 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
20861 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
20862 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20863 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
20864 as being a "significant" one. */
20865 must_output_die
= ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
20866 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
))
20867 && (TREE_USED (stmt
)
20868 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
20869 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)));
20870 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt
)
20871 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
20872 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
20873 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt
))
20874 must_output_die
= 1;
20877 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
20878 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
20879 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
20880 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
20881 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
20882 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
20883 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
20884 if (must_output_die
)
20888 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
20889 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
20890 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
20891 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
20892 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
20893 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
20894 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
20895 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
20897 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
20898 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
20899 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
20900 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
20901 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
20902 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
20905 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
20908 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
20911 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
20912 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
20914 process_scope_var (tree stmt
, tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20917 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
20919 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
20920 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
20921 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == TYPE_DECL
20922 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin
))
20923 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
));
20927 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
20928 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
20929 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
20930 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin
, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin
),
20931 stmt
, context_die
);
20933 gen_decl_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
20936 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
20937 all of its sub-blocks. */
20940 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
20946 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
20947 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
20950 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
20951 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
20952 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
20953 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
20954 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= DECL_CHAIN (decl
))
20955 process_scope_var (stmt
, decl
, NULL_TREE
, context_die
);
20956 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
); i
++)
20957 process_scope_var (stmt
, NULL
, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt
, i
),
20960 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
20961 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20964 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
20965 therein) of this block. */
20966 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
20968 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
20969 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
20972 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
20975 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl
)
20977 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
20980 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
20981 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
20982 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
20983 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
20984 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
20985 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
20991 /* Return TRUE if TYPE is a typedef that names a type for linkage
20992 purposes. This kind of typedefs is produced by the C++ FE for
20995 typedef struct {...} foo;
20997 In that case, there is no typedef variant type produced for foo.
20998 Rather, the TREE_TYPE of the TYPE_DECL of foo is the anonymous
21002 is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree decl
)
21004 if (decl
== NULL_TREE
21005 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != TYPE_DECL
21006 || !is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
21007 || DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
)
21008 || is_redundant_typedef (decl
)
21009 /* It looks like Ada produces TYPE_DECLs that are very similar
21010 to C++ naming typedefs but that have different
21011 semantics. Let's be specific to c++ for now. */
21015 return (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
) == NULL_TREE
21016 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == decl
21017 && (TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
21018 != TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
21021 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
21023 static inline dw_die_ref
21024 get_context_die (tree context
)
21028 /* Find die that represents this context. */
21029 if (TYPE_P (context
))
21031 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context
);
21032 return strip_naming_typedef (context
, force_type_die (context
));
21035 return force_decl_die (context
);
21037 return comp_unit_die ();
21040 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
21043 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
21045 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
21046 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
21047 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
21048 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
21051 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
21053 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
21057 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
21059 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
21060 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
21061 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
21062 declaration die. */
21063 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
21064 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
21065 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
21066 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
21070 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
21071 gen_decl_die() call. */
21072 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
21073 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
21074 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
21075 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
21078 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
21079 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
21080 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
21082 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
21083 decl_die
= comp_unit_die ();
21086 case TRANSLATION_UNIT_DECL
:
21087 decl_die
= comp_unit_die ();
21091 gcc_unreachable ();
21094 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
21096 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
21097 gcc_assert (decl_die
);
21103 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
21104 always returned. */
21107 force_type_die (tree type
)
21109 dw_die_ref type_die
;
21111 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
21114 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
21116 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, TYPE_READONLY (type
),
21117 TYPE_VOLATILE (type
), context_die
);
21118 gcc_assert (type_die
);
21123 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
21124 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
21127 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21129 tree context
= (DECL_P (thing
)
21130 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
));
21131 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
21132 /* Force out the namespace. */
21133 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
21135 return context_die
;
21138 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
21139 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
21141 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
21142 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
21145 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21147 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
21149 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21150 return context_die
;
21152 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
21153 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
21154 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
21155 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing
))
21156 return context_die
;
21158 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
21160 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
21164 if (DECL_P (thing
))
21165 gen_decl_die (thing
, NULL
, ns_context
);
21167 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
21169 return context_die
;
21172 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
21175 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21177 dw_die_ref namespace_die
;
21179 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
21180 they are an alias of. */
21181 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
21183 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
21184 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die ());
21185 namespace_die
= new_die (is_fortran ()
21186 ? DW_TAG_module
: DW_TAG_namespace
,
21187 context_die
, decl
);
21188 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
21189 if (namespace_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
&& DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
21191 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
21193 add_name_attribute (namespace_die
, name
);
21196 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
21197 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
21198 add_AT_flag (namespace_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
21199 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
21203 /* Output a namespace alias. */
21205 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
21206 dw_die_ref origin_die
21207 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
21209 if (DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (decl
)
21210 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
21211 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die ());
21212 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
21213 namespace_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
21214 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
21215 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
21216 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
21220 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL.
21221 The return value is currently only meaningful for PARM_DECLs,
21222 for all other decls it returns NULL. */
21225 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21227 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
21228 tree class_origin
= NULL
, ultimate_origin
;
21230 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin
))
21233 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
))
21239 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada ())
21241 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
21242 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
21246 /* Emit its type. */
21247 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
21249 /* And its containing namespace. */
21250 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
21252 gen_const_die (decl
, context_die
);
21255 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
21256 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
21257 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
21258 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin
) == NULL_TREE
21259 && DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (decl_or_origin
)
21260 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
21261 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin
)))
21266 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
21267 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
21268 if (current_function_decl
!= decl
)
21269 /* This is only a declaration. */;
21272 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
21273 if (origin
|| DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
21274 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
21275 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin
)
21276 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
21278 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
21279 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
21280 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
21281 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
21282 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
21283 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
21284 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
21285 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
21286 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
21288 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
21289 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
21292 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
21293 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21295 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
21296 have its containing type. */
21298 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
21299 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
21300 gen_type_die (origin
, context_die
);
21302 /* And its return type. */
21303 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
21305 /* And its virtual context. */
21306 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
21307 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
21309 /* Make sure we have a member DIE for decl. */
21310 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
21311 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
21313 /* And its containing namespace. */
21314 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
21317 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
21319 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
21323 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
21324 actual typedefs. */
21325 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21328 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
21329 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
21330 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
21331 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
21332 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
21333 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
21334 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
21335 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
21336 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
21338 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
21341 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
21342 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
21344 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
21345 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
21349 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
21350 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
21355 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
21356 variable declarations or definitions. */
21357 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21360 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
21362 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
21363 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
21365 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
21367 /* And its containing type. */
21368 class_origin
= decl_class_context (decl_or_origin
);
21369 if (class_origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
21370 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin
, decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
21372 /* And its containing namespace. */
21373 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
21375 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
21376 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
21377 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
21379 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
21380 if (ultimate_origin
!= NULL_TREE
21381 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
21382 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
21383 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
21386 gen_variable_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
21390 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
21391 anonymous unions and structs. */
21392 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
21393 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
21394 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
21396 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
21397 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
21402 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin
))
21403 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
21405 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
21406 return gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
21407 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
21410 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
21411 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
21412 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
21413 gen_namespace_die (decl
, context_die
);
21417 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
21418 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
);
21425 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
21426 compilation proper has finished. */
21429 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
21431 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
21432 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
21433 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
21434 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
21435 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
21436 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
21439 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
21440 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
21442 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl
, int local
)
21445 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
21448 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
21449 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
21450 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
21451 that DECL belongs to.
21452 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
21454 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl
,
21456 tree lexical_block
,
21457 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die
)
21459 expanded_location xloc
;
21460 dw_die_ref imported_die
= NULL
;
21461 dw_die_ref at_import_die
;
21463 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
21465 xloc
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
21466 decl
= IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl
);
21470 xloc
= expand_location (input_location
);
21472 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == CONST_DECL
)
21474 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
21475 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
21476 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
21477 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
21478 if (!at_import_die
)
21480 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
);
21481 gen_typedef_die (decl
, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)));
21482 at_import_die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
21483 gcc_assert (at_import_die
);
21488 at_import_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
21489 if (!at_import_die
)
21491 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
21492 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
21493 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
)
21495 tree type
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
21497 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
21498 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
21499 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
),
21500 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
21502 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, decl
,
21503 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)));
21505 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
21509 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
21511 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
21512 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
,
21519 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
,
21523 add_AT_file (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (xloc
.file
));
21524 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, xloc
.line
);
21526 add_AT_string (imported_die
, DW_AT_name
,
21527 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
21528 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
21531 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
21532 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
21533 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
21534 importing whole module. */
21537 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree name
, tree context
,
21540 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
21541 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
21543 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21548 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
21549 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
21552 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
21553 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
21555 && TYPE_P (context
)
21556 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
21559 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
21562 scope_die
= get_context_die (context
);
21566 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
);
21567 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_imported_module
);
21568 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) != NAMESPACE_DECL
);
21569 scope_die
= scope_die
->die_child
;
21572 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
21573 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl
, name
, context
, scope_die
);
21577 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
21580 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
21582 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die ();
21584 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
21589 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
21590 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
21591 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
21592 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
21593 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
21594 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
21595 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
21596 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
21597 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
21598 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
21599 with the definition of the function.
21601 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
21602 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
21603 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
21604 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
21605 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
21606 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
21607 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
21608 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
21609 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
21610 that they *are* definitions).
21612 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
21613 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
21614 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
21615 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
21616 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
21617 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
21620 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
21621 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
21622 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
21623 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
21624 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
21625 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21626 context_die
= NULL
;
21630 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
21631 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
21632 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
21633 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
21634 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
21635 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
21636 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
21637 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
21638 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
21641 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
21642 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
21643 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
21645 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
21646 variable declarations or definitions. */
21647 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21652 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21654 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada ())
21656 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
21657 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
21660 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
21661 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
21662 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21664 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
21669 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
21670 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
21673 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
21674 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
21675 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
))
21678 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
21679 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21682 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
21683 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
21684 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
21685 context_die
= NULL
;
21693 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
21696 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
21699 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl
)
21701 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
21702 call_arg_locations
= NULL
;
21703 call_arg_loc_last
= NULL
;
21704 call_site_count
= -1;
21705 tail_call_site_count
= -1;
21706 VEC_free (dw_die_ref
, heap
, block_map
);
21707 htab_empty (decl_loc_table
);
21708 htab_empty (cached_dw_loc_list_table
);
21711 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
21712 a lexical block. */
21715 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
21716 unsigned int blocknum
)
21718 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
21719 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
21722 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
21726 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
21728 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
21729 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
21732 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
21733 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
21735 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
21736 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
21737 we may end up calling them anyway. */
21740 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block
)
21745 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= DECL_CHAIN (decl
))
21746 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
21747 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
21749 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block
); i
++)
21751 decl
= BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block
, i
);
21752 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
21753 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
21760 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
21763 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p
, const void *p2_p
)
21765 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p1
=
21766 (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p1_p
;
21767 const char *const p2
= (const char *) p2_p
;
21768 return filename_cmp (p1
->filename
, p2
) == 0;
21772 file_table_hash (const void *p_p
)
21774 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p
= (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p_p
;
21775 return htab_hash_string (p
->filename
);
21778 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
21779 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
21780 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
21781 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
21782 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
21783 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
21784 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
21785 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
21786 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
21789 static struct dwarf_file_data
*
21790 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
21793 struct dwarf_file_data
* created
;
21795 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
21796 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
21797 if (file_table_last_lookup
21798 && (file_name
== file_table_last_lookup
->filename
21799 || filename_cmp (file_table_last_lookup
->filename
, file_name
) == 0))
21800 return file_table_last_lookup
;
21802 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
21803 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table
, file_name
,
21804 htab_hash_string (file_name
), INSERT
);
21806 return (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
21808 created
= ggc_alloc_dwarf_file_data ();
21809 created
->filename
= file_name
;
21810 created
->emitted_number
= 0;
21815 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
21816 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
21817 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
21818 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
21819 types, which may include filenames. */
21822 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
* fd
)
21824 if (! fd
->emitted_number
)
21826 if (last_emitted_file
)
21827 fd
->emitted_number
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
+ 1;
21829 fd
->emitted_number
= 1;
21830 last_emitted_file
= fd
;
21832 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
21834 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ", fd
->emitted_number
);
21835 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
21836 remap_debug_filename (fd
->filename
));
21837 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
21841 return fd
->emitted_number
;
21844 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
21845 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
21846 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
21849 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die
, tree arg
)
21851 die_arg_entry entry
;
21856 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
21857 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
21858 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry
, gc
, 32);
21862 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry
, gc
,
21863 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
,
21867 /* Return TRUE if T is an instance of generic type, FALSE
21871 generic_type_p (tree t
)
21873 if (t
== NULL_TREE
|| !TYPE_P (t
))
21875 return lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_parms (t
) != NULL_TREE
;
21878 /* Schedule the generation of the generic parameter dies for the
21879 instance of generic type T. The proper generation itself is later
21880 done by gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies. */
21883 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t
)
21885 if (!generic_type_p (t
))
21888 if (generic_type_instances
== NULL
)
21889 generic_type_instances
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 256);
21891 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, generic_type_instances
, t
);
21894 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
21895 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
21896 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
21899 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
21901 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
21906 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (die_arg_entry
, tmpl_value_parm_die_table
, i
, e
)
21907 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e
->die
, e
->arg
);
21911 /* Generate generic parameters DIEs for instances of generic types
21912 that have been previously scheduled by
21913 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen. This function must be called
21914 after all the types of the CU have been laid out. */
21917 gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void)
21922 if (generic_type_instances
== NULL
)
21925 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tree
, generic_type_instances
, i
, t
)
21926 gen_generic_params_dies (t
);
21930 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
21933 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl
, tree name
)
21939 die
= TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl
);
21943 dname
= dwarf2_name (name
, 0);
21947 attr
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_name
);
21950 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
21952 node
= find_AT_string (dname
);
21953 /* replace the string. */
21954 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
21958 add_name_attribute (die
, dname
);
21961 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
21962 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
21963 our lookup table. */
21966 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note
)
21968 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
+ 2];
21969 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
21971 static const char *last_label
;
21972 static const char *last_postcall_label
;
21973 static bool last_in_cold_section_p
;
21977 if (!NOTE_P (loc_note
))
21979 if (CALL_P (loc_note
))
21982 if (SIBLING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
21983 tail_call_site_count
++;
21988 var_loc_p
= NOTE_KIND (loc_note
) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
;
21989 if (var_loc_p
&& !DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
21992 next_real
= next_real_insn (loc_note
);
21994 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
21995 don't do anything. */
21997 && next_real
== NULL_RTX
21998 && !NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
22001 if (next_real
== NULL_RTX
)
22002 next_real
= get_last_insn ();
22004 /* If there were any real insns between note we processed last time
22005 and this note (or if it is the first note), clear
22006 last_{,postcall_}label so that they are not reused this time. */
22007 if (last_var_location_insn
== NULL_RTX
22008 || last_var_location_insn
!= next_real
22009 || last_in_cold_section_p
!= in_cold_section_p
)
22012 last_postcall_label
= NULL
;
22017 decl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
);
22018 newloc
= add_var_loc_to_decl (decl
, loc_note
,
22019 NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
)
22020 ? last_postcall_label
: last_label
);
22021 if (newloc
== NULL
)
22030 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
22031 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. Otherwise
22032 create a new label and emit it. */
22033 if (last_label
== NULL
)
22035 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
22036 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
22038 last_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
22043 struct call_arg_loc_node
*ca_loc
22044 = ggc_alloc_cleared_call_arg_loc_node ();
22045 rtx prev
= prev_real_insn (loc_note
), x
;
22046 ca_loc
->call_arg_loc_note
= loc_note
;
22047 ca_loc
->next
= NULL
;
22048 ca_loc
->label
= last_label
;
22051 || (NONJUMP_INSN_P (prev
)
22052 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (prev
)) == SEQUENCE
22053 && CALL_P (XVECEXP (PATTERN (prev
), 0, 0)))));
22054 if (!CALL_P (prev
))
22055 prev
= XVECEXP (PATTERN (prev
), 0, 0);
22056 ca_loc
->tail_call_p
= SIBLING_CALL_P (prev
);
22057 x
= PATTERN (prev
);
22058 if (GET_CODE (x
) == PARALLEL
)
22059 x
= XVECEXP (x
, 0, 0);
22060 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SET
)
22062 if (GET_CODE (x
) == CALL
&& MEM_P (XEXP (x
, 0)))
22064 x
= XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0);
22065 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
22066 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x
)
22067 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
22068 ca_loc
->symbol_ref
= x
;
22070 ca_loc
->block
= insn_scope (prev
);
22071 if (call_arg_locations
)
22072 call_arg_loc_last
->next
= ca_loc
;
22074 call_arg_locations
= ca_loc
;
22075 call_arg_loc_last
= ca_loc
;
22077 else if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
22078 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
22081 if (!last_postcall_label
)
22083 sprintf (loclabel
, "%s-1", last_label
);
22084 last_postcall_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
22086 newloc
->label
= last_postcall_label
;
22089 last_var_location_insn
= next_real
;
22090 last_in_cold_section_p
= in_cold_section_p
;
22093 /* Note in one location list that text section has changed. */
22096 var_location_switch_text_section_1 (void **slot
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22098 var_loc_list
*list
= (var_loc_list
*) *slot
;
22100 list
->last_before_switch
22101 = list
->last
->next
? list
->last
->next
: list
->last
;
22105 /* Note in all location lists that text section has changed. */
22108 var_location_switch_text_section (void)
22110 if (decl_loc_table
== NULL
)
22113 htab_traverse (decl_loc_table
, var_location_switch_text_section_1
, NULL
);
22116 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
22117 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
22118 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
22119 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
22122 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun
)
22124 if (function_section (fun
) != text_section
)
22125 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
22126 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
&& !cold_text_section
)
22128 gcc_assert (current_function_decl
== fun
);
22129 cold_text_section
= unlikely_text_section ();
22130 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
22131 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, cold_text_section_label
);
22132 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
22135 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
22136 call_site_count
= 0;
22137 tail_call_site_count
= 0;
22140 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
22141 and record information relating to this source line, in
22142 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
22145 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
,
22146 int discriminator
, bool is_stmt
)
22148 static bool last_is_stmt
= true;
22150 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
22153 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
22155 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
22157 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
22158 if (flag_debug_asm
)
22159 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
22162 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
22164 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
22165 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num
, line
);
22166 if (is_stmt
!= last_is_stmt
)
22168 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt
? 1 : 0);
22169 last_is_stmt
= is_stmt
;
22171 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR
&& discriminator
!= 0)
22172 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " discriminator %d", discriminator
);
22173 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
22175 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
22176 line_info_table_in_use
++;
22178 else if (function_section (current_function_decl
) != text_section
)
22180 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
22181 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
,
22182 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
22183 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
22185 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
22186 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
22187 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
22189 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
22190 separate_line_info_table
22191 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry
,
22192 separate_line_info_table
,
22193 separate_line_info_table_allocated
);
22194 memset (separate_line_info_table
22195 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
22197 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
22198 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
22201 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
22203 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
22204 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
22205 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
22206 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
22210 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
22212 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
22213 line_info_table_in_use
);
22215 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
22216 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
22218 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
22220 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry
, line_info_table
,
22221 line_info_table_allocated
);
22222 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
22223 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
22226 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
22227 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
22228 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
22229 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
22234 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
22237 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
22239 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& ! use_debug_types
)
22241 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
22242 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
22244 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die (), NULL
);
22245 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
22248 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
22251 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_start_file
;
22253 e
.info
= xstrdup (filename
);
22254 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry
, gc
, macinfo_table
, &e
);
22258 /* Record the end of a source file. */
22261 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22263 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& ! use_debug_types
)
22264 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
22265 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die (), NULL
);
22267 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
22270 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_end_file
;
22273 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry
, gc
, macinfo_table
, &e
);
22277 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
22278 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
22279 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
22282 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
22283 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22285 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
22288 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_define
;
22290 e
.info
= xstrdup (buffer
);;
22291 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry
, gc
, macinfo_table
, &e
);
22295 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
22296 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
22297 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
22300 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
22301 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22303 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
22306 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_undef
;
22308 e
.info
= xstrdup (buffer
);;
22309 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry
, gc
, macinfo_table
, &e
);
22314 output_macinfo (void)
22317 unsigned long length
= VEC_length (macinfo_entry
, macinfo_table
);
22318 macinfo_entry
*ref
;
22323 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (macinfo_entry
, macinfo_table
, i
, ref
); i
++)
22327 case DW_MACINFO_start_file
:
22329 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (ref
->info
));
22330 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
22331 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
22332 (ref
->lineno
, "Included from line number %lu",
22333 (unsigned long)ref
->lineno
);
22334 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num
, "file %s", ref
->info
);
22337 case DW_MACINFO_end_file
:
22338 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
22340 case DW_MACINFO_define
:
22341 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
22342 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref
->lineno
, "At line number %lu",
22343 (unsigned long)ref
->lineno
);
22344 dw2_asm_output_nstring (ref
->info
, -1, "The macro");
22346 case DW_MACINFO_undef
:
22347 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
22348 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref
->lineno
, "At line number %lu",
22349 (unsigned long)ref
->lineno
);
22350 dw2_asm_output_nstring (ref
->info
, -1, "The macro");
22353 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%s unrecognized macinfo code %lu\n",
22354 ASM_COMMENT_START
, (unsigned long)ref
->code
);
22360 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
22363 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22365 /* Allocate the file_table. */
22366 file_table
= htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash
,
22367 file_table_eq
, NULL
);
22369 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
22370 decl_die_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash
,
22371 decl_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
22373 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
22374 decl_loc_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash
,
22375 decl_loc_table_eq
, NULL
);
22377 /* Allocate the cached_dw_loc_list_table. */
22378 cached_dw_loc_list_table
22379 = htab_create_ggc (10, cached_dw_loc_list_table_hash
,
22380 cached_dw_loc_list_table_eq
, NULL
);
22382 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
22383 decl_scope_table
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 256);
22385 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
22386 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_die_ref
22387 (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
22388 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
22389 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
22390 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
22392 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
22393 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_line_info_entry
22394 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
22395 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
22397 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
22398 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
22400 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
22401 pubname_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
22402 pubtype_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
22404 incomplete_types
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 64);
22406 used_rtx_array
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, gc
, 32);
22408 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
22409 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22410 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
22411 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22412 debug_aranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
,
22413 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22414 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
,
22415 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22416 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
,
22417 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22418 debug_loc_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
,
22419 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22420 debug_pubnames_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
,
22421 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22422 debug_pubtypes_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
,
22423 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22424 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
,
22425 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
22426 debug_ranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
,
22427 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22428 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
22429 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
22431 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
22432 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
22433 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22434 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22435 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label
,
22436 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22437 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
22439 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
22440 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22441 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
22442 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22443 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
22444 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22445 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
22446 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22448 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
22449 macinfo_table
= VEC_alloc (macinfo_entry
, gc
, 64);
22451 switch_to_section (text_section
);
22452 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
22455 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
22456 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
22459 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
22461 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
22462 && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()
22463 && (!(flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
)
22464 || targetm
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) != UI_DWARF2
))
22465 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
22468 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
22469 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
22472 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22474 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
22476 if (node
->label
&& node
->refcount
)
22478 switch_to_section (debug_str_section
);
22479 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
22480 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
22486 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
22487 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
22490 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die
)
22494 gcc_assert (! die
->die_mark
);
22495 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, verify_marks_clear (c
));
22497 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
22499 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
22500 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
22503 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
22509 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unmark_dies (c
));
22512 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
22513 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
22516 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
22521 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
22523 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
22525 /* A reference to another DIE.
22526 Make sure that it will get emitted.
22527 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
22528 if (! use_debug_types
22529 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
22530 || a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
->die_id
.die_type_node
== NULL
)
22531 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
22533 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
22534 accounts properly for it. */
22535 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
22536 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
= 0;
22540 /* Mark the generic parameters and arguments children DIEs of DIE. */
22543 prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
22547 if (die
== NULL
|| die
->die_child
== NULL
)
22549 c
= die
->die_child
;
22552 switch (c
->die_tag
)
22554 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
22555 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
22556 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
:
22557 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
:
22558 prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1);
22564 } while (c
&& c
!= die
->die_child
);
22567 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
22568 to DIE's children. */
22571 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
22575 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
22577 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
22579 /* If this is the DIE of a generic type instantiation,
22580 mark the children DIEs that describe its generic parms and
22582 prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (die
);
22584 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
22585 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
22586 if (die
->die_parent
)
22587 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
22589 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
22590 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
22592 /* If this node is a specification,
22593 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
22594 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
22595 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
22598 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
22600 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
22601 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
22604 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
22605 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
22606 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
22607 for all type definitions. */
22608 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
22609 || (use_debug_types
22610 && is_type_die (die
) && ! is_declaration_die (die
)))
22611 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1));
22613 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
22617 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
22618 and if so, mark them. */
22621 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die
)
22625 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
22628 switch (die
->die_tag
)
22630 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
22631 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
22632 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
22635 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
22636 if (!get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
22637 || die
->die_definition
!= NULL
)
22638 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, 1);
22645 /* Mark children. */
22646 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c
));
22649 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
22652 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
22656 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
22657 children have been marked as well. */
22658 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
22661 switch (die
->die_tag
)
22663 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
22664 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
22665 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
22666 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
22669 for (c
= die
->die_parent
; c
; c
= c
->die_parent
)
22670 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
22673 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
22674 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
22675 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
22676 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
22677 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
22679 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die
);
22681 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
22684 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
22685 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
22686 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
22687 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
22688 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
22689 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
22690 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
22691 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
22692 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
22693 case DW_TAG_friend
:
22694 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
22695 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
22696 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
22697 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
22698 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
22699 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
22700 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
22701 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
22702 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
22705 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
22709 /* Mark everything else. */
22713 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
22717 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
22718 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
22723 /* Mark children. */
22724 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
22727 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
22731 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die
)
22736 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
22737 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
22739 struct indirect_string_node
*s
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
22741 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
22742 twice in the hash table. */
22744 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) ? 1 : 2))
22747 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, s
->str
,
22748 htab_hash_string (s
->str
),
22750 gcc_assert (*slot
== NULL
);
22756 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
22759 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
22763 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
22764 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die
);
22766 if (! die
->die_child
)
22769 c
= die
->die_child
;
22771 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
22772 for (c
= c
->die_sib
; ! c
->die_mark
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
22773 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
22775 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
22777 /* No marked children at all. */
22778 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
22781 prev
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
22782 die
->die_child
= prev
;
22787 if (c
!= prev
->die_sib
)
22789 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
22790 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
22793 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
22794 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
22795 decided to emit. */
22798 prune_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22800 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
22802 if (!node
->label
|| !node
->refcount
)
22803 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash
, h
);
22808 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
22811 prune_unused_types (void)
22814 limbo_die_node
*node
;
22815 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
22818 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
22819 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
22820 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die ());
22821 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
22822 verify_marks_clear (node
->die
);
22823 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
22824 verify_marks_clear (ctnode
->root_die
);
22825 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
22827 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
22828 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
22830 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
22831 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die ());
22832 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
22833 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
22834 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
22836 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode
->root_die
);
22837 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode
->type_die
, 1);
22840 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
22842 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
, i
, pub
)
22843 prune_unused_types_mark (pub
->die
, 1);
22845 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
22846 if (debug_str_hash
&& debug_str_hash_forced
)
22847 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, prune_indirect_string
, NULL
);
22848 else if (debug_str_hash
)
22849 htab_empty (debug_str_hash
);
22850 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die ());
22851 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
22852 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
22853 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
22854 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode
->root_die
);
22856 /* Leave the marks clear. */
22857 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die ());
22858 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
22859 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
22860 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
22861 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode
->root_die
);
22864 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
22867 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot
, void *param
)
22869 bool *p
= (bool *) param
;
22870 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
22871 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d
->filename
))
22879 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
22882 htab_ct_hash (const void *of
)
22885 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of
;
22887 memcpy (&h
, type_node
->signature
, sizeof (h
));
22892 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
22894 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node_1
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of1
;
22895 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node_2
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of2
;
22897 return (! memcmp (type_node_1
->signature
, type_node_2
->signature
,
22898 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
));
22901 /* Move a DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
22902 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
22903 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
22904 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
22905 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
22906 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
22909 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
)
22911 unsigned ix
= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
22912 dw_attr_node linkage
= *VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
22914 gcc_assert (linkage
.dw_attr
== DW_AT_linkage_name
22915 || linkage
.dw_attr
== DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
);
22919 dw_attr_node
*prev
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
22921 if (prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_line
|| prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_name
)
22925 if (ix
!= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
) - 1)
22927 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
22928 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, &linkage
);
22932 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
22933 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
22934 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
22937 resolve_one_addr (rtx
*addr
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22941 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
22943 size_t len
= strlen (XSTR (rtl
, 0)) + 1;
22944 tree t
= build_string (len
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
22945 tree tlen
= build_int_cst (NULL_TREE
, len
- 1);
22947 = build_array_type (char_type_node
, build_index_type (tlen
));
22948 rtl
= lookup_constant_def (t
);
22949 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
22951 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
22952 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
22957 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
22958 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
))
22960 if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
22962 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
))))
22965 else if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)))
22969 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
22970 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl
, 0), resolve_one_addr
, NULL
))
22976 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
22977 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
22978 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
22981 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
22983 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
22984 if (((loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
|| loc
->dtprel
)
22985 && resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
22986 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_implicit_value
22987 && loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
== dw_val_class_addr
22988 && resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
)))
22990 else if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
22991 && loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_decl_ref
)
22994 = lookup_decl_die (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
);
22997 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
22998 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
22999 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
23004 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
23005 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
23006 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
23007 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
23008 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
23009 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
23012 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die
)
23016 dw_loc_list_ref
*curr
, *start
, loc
;
23019 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
23020 switch (AT_class (a
))
23022 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
23023 start
= curr
= AT_loc_list_ptr (a
);
23026 /* The same list can be referenced more than once. See if we have
23027 already recorded the result from a previous pass. */
23029 *curr
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
23030 else if (!loc
->resolved_addr
)
23032 /* As things stand, we do not expect or allow one die to
23033 reference a suffix of another die's location list chain.
23034 References must be identical or completely separate.
23035 There is therefore no need to cache the result of this
23036 pass on any list other than the first; doing so
23037 would lead to unnecessary writes. */
23040 gcc_assert (!(*curr
)->replaced
&& !(*curr
)->resolved_addr
);
23041 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr
)->expr
))
23043 dw_loc_list_ref next
= (*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
23044 if (next
&& (*curr
)->ll_symbol
)
23046 gcc_assert (!next
->ll_symbol
);
23047 next
->ll_symbol
= (*curr
)->ll_symbol
;
23052 curr
= &(*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
23055 loc
->resolved_addr
= 1;
23059 loc
->dw_loc_next
= *start
;
23064 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
23068 case dw_val_class_loc
:
23069 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a
)))
23071 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
23075 case dw_val_class_addr
:
23076 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_const_value
23077 && resolve_one_addr (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
23079 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
23082 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_call_site
23083 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
23085 tree tdecl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
);
23086 dw_die_ref tdie
= lookup_decl_die (tdecl
);
23087 if (tdie
== NULL
&& DECL_EXTERNAL (tdecl
))
23089 force_decl_die (tdecl
);
23090 tdie
= lookup_decl_die (tdecl
);
23094 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
23095 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= tdie
;
23096 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
23100 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
23109 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, resolve_addr (c
));
23112 /* Helper routines for optimize_location_lists.
23113 This pass tries to share identical local lists in .debug_loc
23116 /* Iteratively hash operands of LOC opcode. */
23118 static inline hashval_t
23119 hash_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, hashval_t hash
)
23121 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
23122 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
23124 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
23126 case DW_OP_const4u
:
23127 case DW_OP_const8u
:
23131 case DW_OP_const1u
:
23132 case DW_OP_const1s
:
23133 case DW_OP_const2u
:
23134 case DW_OP_const2s
:
23135 case DW_OP_const4s
:
23136 case DW_OP_const8s
:
23140 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
23176 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
23177 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
23178 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val1
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
23185 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
23186 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
23187 hash
= iterative_hash_object (offset
, hash
);
23190 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
23191 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, hash
);
23192 switch (val2
->val_class
)
23194 case dw_val_class_const
:
23195 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
23197 case dw_val_class_vec
:
23199 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
23200 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
23202 hash
= iterative_hash_object (elt_size
, hash
);
23203 hash
= iterative_hash_object (len
, hash
);
23204 hash
= iterative_hash (val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
23205 len
* elt_size
, hash
);
23208 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
23209 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.low
, hash
);
23210 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.high
, hash
);
23212 case dw_val_class_addr
:
23213 hash
= iterative_hash_rtx (val2
->v
.val_addr
, hash
);
23216 gcc_unreachable ();
23220 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
23221 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val1
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
23222 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
23228 unsigned char dtprel
= 0xd1;
23229 hash
= iterative_hash_object (dtprel
, hash
);
23231 hash
= iterative_hash_rtx (val1
->v
.val_addr
, hash
);
23233 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
23234 hash
= iterative_hash_object (val2
->v
.val_int
, hash
);
23236 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
23237 hash
= hash_loc_operands (val1
->v
.val_loc
, hash
);
23241 /* Other codes have no operands. */
23247 /* Iteratively hash the whole DWARF location expression LOC. */
23249 static inline hashval_t
23250 hash_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, hashval_t hash
)
23252 dw_loc_descr_ref l
;
23253 bool sizes_computed
= false;
23254 /* Compute sizes, so that DW_OP_skip/DW_OP_bra can be checksummed. */
23255 size_of_locs (loc
);
23257 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
23259 enum dwarf_location_atom opc
= l
->dw_loc_opc
;
23260 hash
= iterative_hash_object (opc
, hash
);
23261 if ((opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| opc
== DW_OP_bra
) && !sizes_computed
)
23263 size_of_locs (loc
);
23264 sizes_computed
= true;
23266 hash
= hash_loc_operands (l
, hash
);
23271 /* Compute hash of the whole location list LIST_HEAD. */
23274 hash_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
23276 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
23277 hashval_t hash
= 0;
23279 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
23281 hash
= iterative_hash (curr
->begin
, strlen (curr
->begin
) + 1, hash
);
23282 hash
= iterative_hash (curr
->end
, strlen (curr
->end
) + 1, hash
);
23284 hash
= iterative_hash (curr
->section
, strlen (curr
->section
) + 1,
23286 hash
= hash_locs (curr
->expr
, hash
);
23288 list_head
->hash
= hash
;
23291 /* Return true if X and Y opcodes have the same operands. */
23294 compare_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref x
, dw_loc_descr_ref y
)
23296 dw_val_ref valx1
= &x
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
23297 dw_val_ref valx2
= &x
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
23298 dw_val_ref valy1
= &y
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
23299 dw_val_ref valy2
= &y
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
23301 switch (x
->dw_loc_opc
)
23303 case DW_OP_const4u
:
23304 case DW_OP_const8u
:
23308 case DW_OP_const1u
:
23309 case DW_OP_const1s
:
23310 case DW_OP_const2u
:
23311 case DW_OP_const2s
:
23312 case DW_OP_const4s
:
23313 case DW_OP_const8s
:
23317 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
23353 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
23354 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
23355 return valx1
->v
.val_int
== valy1
->v
.val_int
;
23358 gcc_assert (valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
23359 && valy1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
23360 && x
->dw_loc_addr
== y
->dw_loc_addr
);
23361 return valx1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
== valy1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
;
23362 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
23363 if (valx1
->v
.val_unsigned
!= valy1
->v
.val_unsigned
23364 || valx2
->val_class
!= valy2
->val_class
)
23366 switch (valx2
->val_class
)
23368 case dw_val_class_const
:
23369 return valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
23370 case dw_val_class_vec
:
23371 return valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
23372 && valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.length
23373 && memcmp (valx2
->v
.val_vec
.array
, valy2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
23374 valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
23375 * valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
) == 0;
23376 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
23377 return valx2
->v
.val_double
.low
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.low
23378 && valx2
->v
.val_double
.high
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
23379 case dw_val_class_addr
:
23380 return rtx_equal_p (valx2
->v
.val_addr
, valy2
->v
.val_addr
);
23382 gcc_unreachable ();
23385 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
23386 return valx1
->v
.val_int
== valy1
->v
.val_int
23387 && valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
23390 return rtx_equal_p (valx1
->v
.val_addr
, valy1
->v
.val_addr
);
23391 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
23392 return valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
23393 && valx1
->val_class
== valy1
->val_class
23394 && valx1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== valy1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
23395 && valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
23396 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
23397 return compare_loc_operands (valx1
->v
.val_loc
, valy1
->v
.val_loc
);
23399 /* Other codes have no operands. */
23404 /* Return true if DWARF location expressions X and Y are the same. */
23407 compare_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref x
, dw_loc_descr_ref y
)
23409 for (; x
!= NULL
&& y
!= NULL
; x
= x
->dw_loc_next
, y
= y
->dw_loc_next
)
23410 if (x
->dw_loc_opc
!= y
->dw_loc_opc
23411 || x
->dtprel
!= y
->dtprel
23412 || !compare_loc_operands (x
, y
))
23414 return x
== NULL
&& y
== NULL
;
23417 /* Return precomputed hash of location list X. */
23420 loc_list_hash (const void *x
)
23422 return ((const struct dw_loc_list_struct
*) x
)->hash
;
23425 /* Return 1 if location lists X and Y are the same. */
23428 loc_list_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
23430 const struct dw_loc_list_struct
*a
= (const struct dw_loc_list_struct
*) x
;
23431 const struct dw_loc_list_struct
*b
= (const struct dw_loc_list_struct
*) y
;
23434 if (a
->hash
!= b
->hash
)
23436 for (; a
!= NULL
&& b
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_loc_next
, b
= b
->dw_loc_next
)
23437 if (strcmp (a
->begin
, b
->begin
) != 0
23438 || strcmp (a
->end
, b
->end
) != 0
23439 || (a
->section
== NULL
) != (b
->section
== NULL
)
23440 || (a
->section
&& strcmp (a
->section
, b
->section
) != 0)
23441 || !compare_locs (a
->expr
, b
->expr
))
23443 return a
== NULL
&& b
== NULL
;
23446 /* Recursively optimize location lists referenced from DIE
23447 children and share them whenever possible. */
23450 optimize_location_lists_1 (dw_die_ref die
, htab_t htab
)
23457 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
23458 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
23460 dw_loc_list_ref list
= AT_loc_list (a
);
23461 /* TODO: perform some optimizations here, before hashing
23462 it and storing into the hash table. */
23463 hash_loc_list (list
);
23464 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab
, list
, list
->hash
,
23467 *slot
= (void *) list
;
23469 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= (dw_loc_list_ref
) *slot
;
23472 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, optimize_location_lists_1 (c
, htab
));
23475 /* Optimize location lists referenced from DIE
23476 children and share them whenever possible. */
23479 optimize_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
23481 htab_t htab
= htab_create (500, loc_list_hash
, loc_list_eq
, NULL
);
23482 optimize_location_lists_1 (die
, htab
);
23483 htab_delete (htab
);
23486 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
23487 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
23490 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
23492 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
23493 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
23494 htab_t comdat_type_table
;
23497 gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies ();
23498 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
23500 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
23501 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
23502 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die (), remap_debug_filename (filename
));
23503 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
))
23504 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ());
23505 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
23508 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_table_relative_p
, &p
);
23510 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ());
23513 for (i
= 0; i
< VEC_length (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
); i
++)
23515 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
23516 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->die
,
23517 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->variable
,
23522 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
23523 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
23524 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
23525 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
23527 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
23529 dw_die_ref die
= node
->die
;
23530 next_node
= node
->next
;
23532 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
23534 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
23537 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
23538 else if (is_cu_die (die
))
23540 else if (seen_error ())
23541 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
23542 add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), die
);
23545 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
23546 nested function can be optimized away, which results
23547 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
23548 with the return type of that nested function. Force
23549 this to be a child of the containing function.
23551 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
23552 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
23553 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
23554 the function is likely unreachable too. */
23555 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
23557 gcc_assert (node
->created_for
);
23559 if (DECL_P (node
->created_for
))
23560 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
23561 else if (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
))
23562 context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
23564 gcc_assert (context
23565 && (TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
23566 || TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
));
23568 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
23570 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
23572 add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), die
);
23577 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
23579 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die ());
23581 for (node
= deferred_asm_name
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
23583 tree decl
= node
->created_for
;
23584 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
23586 add_linkage_attr (node
->die
, decl
);
23587 move_linkage_attr (node
->die
);
23591 deferred_asm_name
= NULL
;
23593 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
23594 emit full debugging info for them. */
23595 retry_incomplete_types ();
23597 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
23598 prune_unused_types ();
23600 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
23601 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
23602 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& ! use_debug_types
)
23603 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die ());
23605 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
23606 if (use_debug_types
)
23608 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die ());
23610 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
23611 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
23613 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
23615 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
23616 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
23617 references to the main compile unit). */
23618 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
23619 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode
->root_die
);
23620 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die ());
23622 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
23623 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
23624 referenced. Prune them. */
23625 prune_unused_types ();
23628 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
23629 that have children. */
23630 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die ());
23631 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
23632 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
23633 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
23634 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode
->root_die
);
23636 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
23637 switch_to_section (text_section
);
23638 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
23639 if (cold_text_section
)
23641 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
23642 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
23645 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
23647 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
23648 || (dwarf_version
< 3 && dwarf_strict
))
23650 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
23651 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
23656 unsigned fde_idx
= 0;
23657 bool range_list_added
= false;
23659 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
23660 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
23661 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
23662 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
23663 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
23664 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_low_pc
, const0_rtx
);
23665 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
23667 if (text_section_used
)
23668 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), text_section_label
,
23669 text_end_label
, &range_list_added
);
23670 if (cold_text_section_used
)
23671 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), cold_text_section_label
,
23672 cold_end_label
, &range_list_added
);
23674 for (fde_idx
= 0; fde_idx
< fde_table_in_use
; fde_idx
++)
23676 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_idx
];
23678 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
23679 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
23680 fde
->dw_fde_end
, &range_list_added
);
23681 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& !fde
->second_in_std_section
)
23682 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
23683 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
, &range_list_added
);
23686 if (range_list_added
)
23690 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
23691 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_stmt_list
,
23692 debug_line_section_label
);
23694 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
23695 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
23697 if (have_location_lists
)
23698 optimize_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
23700 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
23701 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
23702 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
23703 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
23705 comdat_type_table
= htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash
, htab_ct_eq
, NULL
);
23706 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
23708 void **slot
= htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table
, ctnode
, INSERT
);
23710 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
23711 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
23714 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
23715 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
23717 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
23718 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode
->root_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
23719 debug_line_section_label
);
23721 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode
);
23724 htab_delete (comdat_type_table
);
23726 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
23727 will be emitted. */
23728 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die (), debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
);
23730 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
23731 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
23732 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
23733 output_abbrev_section ();
23735 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
23736 if (have_location_lists
)
23738 /* Output the location lists info. */
23739 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section
);
23740 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
23741 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
23742 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
23743 output_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
23746 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
23747 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
))
23749 gcc_assert (info_section_emitted
);
23750 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section
);
23751 output_pubnames (pubname_table
);
23754 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
23755 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
23756 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
23757 simply won't look for the section. */
23758 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubtype_table
))
23760 bool empty
= false;
23762 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
23764 /* The pubtypes table might be emptied by pruning unused items. */
23768 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry
, pubtype_table
, i
, p
)
23769 if (p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0)
23777 gcc_assert (info_section_emitted
);
23778 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section
);
23779 output_pubnames (pubtype_table
);
23783 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the
23784 arange table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
23785 if (info_section_emitted
)
23787 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
23789 /* Empty .debug_aranges would contain just header and
23790 terminating 0,0. */
23792 != (unsigned long) (DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
23793 + 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
23795 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section
);
23796 output_aranges (aranges_length
);
23800 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
23801 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
23803 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
23804 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
23808 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
23809 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
23810 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
23811 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
23812 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
23813 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
23814 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
23815 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
23816 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
23817 output_line_info ();
23819 /* Have to end the macro section. */
23820 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
23822 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
23823 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
23824 if (!VEC_empty (macinfo_entry
, macinfo_table
))
23826 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
23829 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
23831 if (debug_str_hash
)
23832 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
23835 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"